Tecno Economics

Techno-economic feasibility report of fishery harbour at Navagaon-Thal RCFL
in Raigad District of Maharashtra Government of India Undertaking
Table of Contents
Part A: TECHNO-ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY REPORT (ENGINEERING REPORT)
Chapter 1: Introduction .……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1-1
1.1 Background ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...1-1

1.2 Project Initiation and Mobilisation …………………………………………………………………………………………...1-1
1.3 Project Area ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1-2
1.4 Study Objectives and Tasks ………………………………………………………………………………………………………...1-2
1.5 Methodology of Study …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1-4
1.5.1 Site Selection and Review of All Available Data ……………………………………………….…………….1-4
1.5.2 Detailed Engineering Surveys and Geo-technical Investigations …………………………………….1-4
1.5.3 Field Data Collection and Analysis …………………………………………………………………………………..1-4
1.5.4 Fishery Economic Data Collection and Analysis ……………………………………………………………..1-5
1.5.5 Technical Evaluation ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..1-5
1.5.6 Preparation of Techno-Economic Feasibility Report ……………………………………………………….1-7
Chapter 2: Fisheries Development in India ..………………….………………………………………………………………….…2-1
2.1 General ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…2-1

2.2 Fisheries Development in India ………………………………………………………….………………………………………….…2-1
2.3 Fishery Resources .…………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………….2-2
2.3.1 Marine Fisheries ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…..2-3
2.3.2 Inland Fisheries …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………2-6
2.3.3 Aquaculture …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….2-6
2.4 Fish Production and Trend ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….2-7
2.5 Fish Production Potential ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…2-11
2.6 Fish Export and Trend ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….………2-12
2.7 Fish Catch Utilisation …………………………………………………………………………………………………..…….……2-15
2.8 Fish Consumption in India …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..2-15
2.9 Fish Processing Industry in India …………………………………………………………….………………………………2-15
2.10 Targets for Fisheries Development during Twelfth Five-Year Plan (2012-17) …………………………………2-15
Chapter 3: Overview of Fisheries Sector at Maharashtra State Level .…………………….…………..…………………3-1
3.1 General …………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………3-1

3.2 Demography …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………3-2
3.3 Fishery Resources of Maharashtra ……………………………….………………….……………………………………………3-2
3.4 Fishing Gear …………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………….……3-4
3.5 Fish Production in Maharashtra ……………………………………………………………………………………….…….……3-5
3.5.1 Resource-wise Profile of Marine Fish Landing ……………………………….………………….……………………..……3-9
3.6 Fishing Zones in Maharashtra …………………………………………………………………………………….………………3-9
3.7 Marine Fish Exports from Maharashtra …………………………………………………………………………………….…3-10
3.8 Fish Marketing …………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………….…3-10
3.9 Government Fisheries Regulations and Policies …………………………………………………………………….….3-12
3.10 Fishery Administration …………………………………………………………………….…………………………………….….3-13
3.11 Government Support for Fisheries Development …………………………………………………………………………3-13
3.12 Welfare Programmes for Fishermen …………………………………………………………………………………….……3-14
Chapter 4: Fishery Profile of Raigad District …………………………………………………………………………………………..4-1
4.1 Geography …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………..4-1

4.2 Fishery Profile at Raigad District Level ……………………………………………….…………………………………….….4-2
4.3 Fishing Season ……………………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………..4-2
4.4 Fishing Craft in Raigad District ……………………………………………………………………………….…………………..4-2
WBFC Consultants 1
Kolkata August 2015
4.5 Fish Marketing ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………….4-3

4.6 Zone-wise and Fishery Centre-wise Marine Fish Production in Raigad District ………….………………….4-6
4.7 District Fisheries Administration ……………………….…………………………………………………………………………..4-6
Chapter 5: Development Proposal of Fishery Harbour at Navagoan-Thal ……………………………….….…..……5-1
5.1 General …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..….….5-1

5.2 Existing Harbour Infrastructure Facilities in Maharashtra ……………………………….……………………………..5-1
5.3 Navagoan-Thal Fishery Centres …………………………….………………………………………………………………….……..5-2
5.4 Fishing Craft and Gears at Thal-Navagaon (From 2008-09 to 2012-13) …………………………………………..5-2
5.5 Marine Fish Production in Alibag fishing zone ………………………………………………………………………….…….5-4
5.6 Marine Fish Production at Navagoan-Thal Fishery Centres ……………………..……………………………….……5-5
5.7 Existing Infrastructure Facilities at Navagoan ………………………………………………………………………………..5-5
5.8 Existing Harbour Infrastructure Facilities at Thal …………………………………………………………………………..5-6
5.9 Problems Faced at the Navagoan-Thal Fishery Centres ……………………………………………………………….5-6
5.9.1 Damage to Fishing Boats and RCFL Marine Outfall Pipeline …………….…….…………………………5-6
5.9.2 Lack of Infrastructure Facilities ………………………………………………..……….……………………………5-7
5.10 Need for Upgrading Facilities At Navagoan-Thal Fishery Centres to a Fishery Harbour ………………5-11
5.11 Government Obligation to meet Fish Quality Assurances ……………………………………….………………….5-12
5.12 Advantages of a Fishery Harbour at Navagoan-Thal ……………………………………….………………………..…..5-12
5.12.1 Natural Shelter in the Thal Creek ……………………………………….………………………………………………………5-12
5.12.2 Safe Access from Open Sea in All-Weather ……………………………………….………………….………..5-12
5.12.3 Economical Harbour Cost ……………………………………….………………………………………………………5-12
5.12.4 Adequate Land and Water Area ……………………………………….……………………………………..…..5-12
5.12.5 Nearness to Fishing Grounds ……………………………………….………………………………………………..5-12
5.12.6 Other Ancillary Facilities ……………………………………….……………………………………………………….5-12
5.13 Project Benefits ………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………..5-12
5.13.1 Quantifiable Benefits …………………………………….…………………………………………………………….5-13
5.13.1.1 More Fishing Time and Additional Fish Catch ……………………………………………………5-13
5.13.1.2 Higher Prices for Fish Through Better Fish Quality ……………………………………….…5-13
5.13.1.3 Higher Prices for Fish Through Improved Fish Markets and
Transparency in Fish Sale …..……………………………………………………………………………5-13
5.13.1.4 Reduction in Vessel Maintenance Costs …………………………………….………………….5-13
5.13.1.5 Increase in Employment Opportunities ……………………………………….…………………5-14
5.13.1.6 Reduction in Unproductive Time ……………………………………….……………………………5-14
5.13.1.7 Reduction in Boat Mileage ……………………………………….………………………………….…5-14
5.13.1.8 Increase in Foreign Exports ……………………………………….……………………………………5-14
5.13.1.9 Non-Fishing Benefits ……………………………………….……………………………………………..5-14
5.13.2 Non-Quantifiable Benefits ……………………………………….……..…………………………………………..…5-15
5.13.2.1 Safety to Fishermen and Their Fishing Vessels ..……………………………………….……..5-15
5.13.2.2 Socio-Economic Benefits …………………………………….……………………………………...…5-15
5.14 Evaluation of Project Benefits …………………………………….…………………………………………………………..…5-15
Chapter 6: Engineering Surveys and Geotechnical Investigations …………………………………………………………6-1
6.1 Introduction …………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………….6-1

6.2 Location of Fishery Harbour Project Site ……………………………………………………………………………………..…6-1
6.3 Engineering Survey ………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………….…6-2
6.3.1 Survey Datum/Chart Datum ……………………………………………………………………………………….……6-2
6.3.2 Temporary Bench Mark & Control Points …………………………………………………………………..….…6-2
6.3.3 Topographic Survey ………………………………………………………………………………….………………………6-3
6.3.4 Contouring …………………………………………………………………..…………………………………………….……6-4
6.3.5 Hydrographic Survey ……………………………………………………………………………….…………………..…6-4
6.3.6 Tide Recordings ……………………………………………………………………………….………………………………6-5
6.3.7 Preparation of Topographic and Hydrographic Survey Maps ………………………………………………6-5
WBFC Consultants 2
Kolkata August 2015
6.4 Subsoil investigations ……………………………………………………………………………….……………………………..…6-5

6.4.1 Bore Holes ……………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………6-5
6.4.2 Sinking of Bore Holes ………………………………………………………………………………………………….…6-6
6.4.3 Standard Penetration Test (SPT) ………………………………………………………………………..……………6-6
6.4.4 Collection of Disturbed Samples ………………………………………………………………………………………6-7
6.4.5 Laboratory Tests ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………6-8
6.4.5.1 Natural Moisture Content ………………………………………………….………………………………6-8
6.4.5.2 Bulk Density and Dry Density …………………………………………….…………………………….…6-7
6.4.5.3 Particle Size Distribution …………………………………………………….………………………………6-8
6.4.5.4 Atterberg Limits …………………………………………………….…………………………………………6-8
6.4.5.4 Specific Gravity of Soil ………………………………………………………………………………..………6-8
6.4.5.5 Shear Strength Parameters by Unconfined Compression Test ……………………………6-9
6.4.5.6 Shear Strength Parameters by Direct Shear Test ……………….…………………………….…6-9
6.4.6 Summary of Field and Laboratory Soil Test Results …………………………………..………………………6-9
6.4.6.1 Ground Water Level ………………………..…………………………………………………………………6-9
Annexure 6-1: Soil Investigation Report - Separate enclosure to this TEFR
Chapter 7: Environmental Data Collection And Analysis ……………………………………….………………………………7-1
7.1 General ……………………………….…………………………………………………………………………….…………………………7-1

7.2 Climatic Conditions off Navagoan-Thal fishery Harbour Project Site ……….……………………………………7-1
7.2.1 Wind Climate …………………………………………………………………...……….………………..…………………7-1
7.2.2 Wave Climate .……………………………………………………………………………………..…………………………7-1
7.2.3 Depressions/Severe Storms ……………………………………………………………………….……………………7-2
7.2.4 Rainfall ………………………………………………………..………….……….……………………………………………7-2
7.2.5 Temperature ……………………………………………..…………………….……….……………..……………………7-2
7.2.6 Humidity ………………………………..………………………………….……….…………………………………………7-3
7.2.7 Visibility …………………………………………………………………………….……………………….…………………7-3
7.2.8 Geo-Morphological Conditions at at Thal creek ………………………….……….……..………………..…7-3
7.2.9 Tide Levels at Thal creek ………………………………………………………………….……….……………………7-4
7.2.10 Geo-morphological Conditions of Coast at Navagoan-Thal …………………………………………………7-4
Annexure 7-1: Climatic Summary for Sagar Island ..………………………………….…………………………………7-6
Chapter 8: Design of Navagoan-Thal Fishery Harbour …………………………………..……….….…………….……………8-1
8.1 Projected Design Fishing Fleet …..………………………………………………………….……….……………………….……8-1
8.2 Design Fishing Vessel Characteristics ……………………………………………………….…………………………….……8-2

8.3 Chart Datum ……………………………………………………………………………….………………………………………………8-3
8.4 General Planning of Fishery Harbour Facilities …………………………………………………………………………..…..8-3
8.5 Waterside Facilities ……………………………………………………………………………….…………………………………….8-4
8.5.1 Rubble Mound Training walls …………………………………………………………………….……………………8-4
8.5.2 Construction of Training walls ……………………………………………………………………………………….…8-6
8.5.2.1 Cross section of training walls from root to +1.0 m bed level (Section B-B) ……….8-6
8.5.2.2 Cross section of training walls from +1.0 m to 0.0 m bed level (Section C-C) ..……..8-6
8.5.2.3 Cross section of training walls at 0.0 m bed level (Section D-D) ……………………..….8-6
8.5.3 Entrance Channel Dimensions and Dredging …………………………………………………….……………8-6
8.5.4 Revetment Protection ………………………………………………………………………………….…..……………8-8
8.5.4.1 Cross section of bank protection inside the Thal creek (section A-A) ……………..…….8-8
8.5.5 Multi-Purpose Fish Landing Jetty ……………………………………………………………………………………8-8
8.5.5.1 Fish Landing Jetty Length …………………………………………………………………………………8-9
8.5.5.2 Outfitting Requirement for 15 m Size Bag netters/Gill-netters ………………….……..8-10
8.5.5.3 Repair and Idle-Berthing Requirement for 15 m Size Gill-Netters …………………….8-10
8.5.5.4 Fish Landing, Outfitting and Idle-Berthing Requirement of 8 m Size
WBFC Consultants 3
Kolkata August 2015
Traditional Non-Mechanised Boats …………………………………….…………………………8-10

8.5.5.5 Crest Level of Multi-purpose Fish Landing Jetty …………………………………………..…8-11
8.5.5.6 Structural Details of Fish Landing Jetty …………………………………………………………….8-11
8.5.6 RC Sloping Hard ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………8-12
8.5.7 Navigation Aids ……………………………………………………………………….…………………………….…….8-13
8.6 Landside Facilities ………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………..……8-13
8.6.1 Land Reclamation ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..…8-13
8.6.2 Improvements to Existing Fish Handling and Auction Buildings …………………………………...8-13
8.6.3 Approach Road and Internal Roads ………………………………………………………………………………..8-15
8.6.4 RC Bridge ……………………………………………………………………………….………………………………..….8-15
8.6.5 Vehicle Parking Area ……………………………………………………………………………….……………..……8-15
8.6.6 Fishermen Rest Shed-cum-Fishery Administrative Office ………………………………………..…..8-16
8.6.7 Fishermen’s Gear Shed-cum-Radio-communication Tower ……………………………………………8-16
8.6.8 Net Mending Sheds ………………………………………………………………………………….…………………...8-17
8.6.9 Concrete fish drying platforms …………………………………………………………………………………….8-17
8.6.10 Dry Fish Storage Shed ……………………………………………………………………………….…………………8-18
8.6.11 Boat Repair Shops ……………………………………………………………………………….………………………8-18
8.6.12 Restaurants ……………………………………………………………………………….……………………………..…8-18
8.6.13 Public Toilet Block ……………………………………………………………………………….………………………8-18
8.6.14 Sea Water Supply and Distribution System …………………………………………………………………….8-18
8.6.15 Fresh Water Supply and Distribution System …………………………………………………………………8-19
8.6.16 Drainage/Sewerage and Effluent Treatment Plant …………………………………………………………8-20
8.6.17 Security and Main Gate ………………………………………………………………………………….……….…..…8-21
8.6.18 Electric Power and Lighting System ………………………………………………………………………………..8-21
8.6.19 Land for Civic Amenities ……………………………………………………………………………….……………..8-21
8.6.20 Greeneries and Landscaping ………………………………………………………………………………….………8-22
Annexure 8-1: Detailed design of RC bored pile for multi-purpose fish landing jetty – Separate
enclosure to this TEFR
Chapter 10: Operation and Management of Haripur Fish Landing Centre …………………………………….……….10-1
10.1 Introduction …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………….….10-1

10.2 Time – Scale …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………..…10-1
10.3 Fleet Size ……………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………10-2
10.4 Fishing Operations …………………………………….………………………………………………………………………………10-2
10.5 Fish Catch Composition and Vessel Landings …………………………………………………………………………………10-2
10.6 Sea-going personnel …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………….10-4
10.7 Shore Based Facilities ……………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………10-4
10.8 Transport …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………………….10-5
10.9 Fish Marketing …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………….10-5
10.10 Ownership and Management …………………………………….………………………………………………………….……10-6
10.10.1 Fish Landing Centre ……………………………………….………………………………………………………………10-8
10.10.2 Fishing Vessels …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….…10-8
10.11 Investment …………………………………….………………………………………………………………………………………….10-8
10.11.1 Fixed Assets …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………10-8
10.11.2 Operating Capital …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………10-10
10.12 Government Revenue and Expenditure …………………………………….………………………………………………10-10
Chapter 11: Economic Evaluation …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….11-1
11.1 Project Economic Evaluation …………………………………….……………………………………………………………….11-1

11.2 Economic Analysis …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………...11-1
11.2.1 Economic Evaluation Methods ……………………………………….……………………………………………..11-2
11.2.1.1 Net Present Value Method ……………………………………….……………………………………..11-2
11.2.1.2 Benefit Cost Ratio Method …………………………………….………………………………………11-2
11.2.1.3 Internal Rate of Return Method …………………………………….……………………………...11-2
WBFC Consultants 4
Kolkata August 2015
11.3 Basic Assumptions …………………………………….………………………………………………………………………………11-3

11.4 Sensitivity Analyses of Vessel Operations …………………………………….…………………………………………..….11-3
11.4.1 Basic Vessel Operations …………………………………….………………………………………………………….11-4
11.4.2 With 20% Reduction in Fish Landings …………………………………….………………………………………11-4
11.4.3 With 25% Increase in the Investment Cost of Fishing Vessels …………………………………………….11-4
11.4.4 With 25% Increase in Variable Operating Costs of Fishing Vessels ………………………………….11-5
11.4.5 Break-even analysis for a Minimum of 12% Return on vessel Investment ………………………….11-5
11.4.6 Situation in a "Poor" Fishing Season …………………………………….………………………………………..11-6
11.5 Sensitivity Analysis of the Project …………………………………….………………………………………………………….11-7
11.6 Inferences from Project Economic Analysis …………………………………….…………………………………………..11-8
TABLES:
Table 2-1: Fisheries Resources of India – at a glance ………………………………………………………………………………2-3

Table 2-2: Fishing Craft in India …………………………………………………………………………….…………………………..……2-4
Table 2-3: Fish Production in India and the World ….……………………………………………………………………………2-8
Table 2-4: Fish Production in India (1950-51 to 2013-14) …………………………………………………………………………2-8
Table 2-5: Fish Export from India (1961-62 to 2013-14) ……………………………………………………………………….2-12
Table 2-6: Past Performance of the Indian Fisheries Sector ….………………………………………………………….……2-16
Table 2-7: Projections for Twelfth Five-Year Plan (2012-17) ……………………………………………………………………2-17
Table 3-1: Growth of fishing boats in Maharashtra …………………………………………………………………….……………3-3

Table 3-2: Fish varieties harvested in Maharashtra .………..…………………………………….…………………..…………….3-5
Table 3-3: Marine fish production in Maharashtra …………………………………………………………………………………3-7
Table 3-4: District-wise Fishing Zones in Maharashtra …………………………………………………………………………………….3-9
Table 3-5: Export of marine products from Maharashtra ………………………………………………………………………3-10
Table 4-1: General information on marine fishery industry in Raigad District (2005-06) …………..………………4-1
Table 4-2: Fishery Zone-wise Marine Fish Production in Raigad District …………………………………………….…..…4-3
Table 4-3: Fishing zone-wise and Centre-wise Marine Fish Production in Raigad District …………………….……4-5
Table 4-4: Species-wise Marine Fish Production in Raigad District (2008-09 to 2012-13) …………….…………………………4-5
Table 5-1: Fishing craft operating from Navagoan-Thal fishery centres ……………………………………….………………….5-2
Table 5-2: Growth of mechanized and non-mechanized craft at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres ……………………..……5-3
Table 5-3: Species-wise marine fish production in Alibag fishing zone 12 ….……………………………………….……………..5-4
Table 5-4: Marine fish production at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres ………………………………………….……………….……5-5
Table 6-1: UTM Coordinates, reduced levels and description of Control Points ……………….……..…………..…6-3
Table 6-2: Bore hole details ……………….…………………………………………………………………………………….……..…..…6-6
Table 6-3: Subsurface profile properties …………….…………………………………………….………….…………………..……6-9
Table 7-1: Tide levels at Navagoan-Thal site ……………………………………………….……………….…………………………..7-3
Table 8-1: Projected Design Fishing Fleet ……………………………………………………………………….……….…….………..…8-2

Table 8-2: Design Fishing Vessel Characteristics ……………………………………………………………………….……….……..…8-2
Table 8-3: Fishery Harbour Facilities ………………………………………………………………………….…………………….…….…..8-3
Table 8-4: Planning guidelines for recreational boating and fishery vessels ……………………………………………8-7
Table 8-5: Entrance channel width allowances (B= maximum beam of vessel) …………………………….….….…8-7
Table 10-1: Project activity and time-scale ……………………………………………………..………………….……………..……10-1

Table 10-2: Fish grade v/s boat side price relationship …………………………………………………..……………………..10-2
Table 10-3: Quantity and value on boat side of fish landings (on an annual basis) ……………………………………….10-3
Table 10-4: Summary of total fish landings and value on boat side (on annual basis) ………………………………..10-3
Table 10-5: Total fish landings and total value of boat side sales (per cent) ………………………………………………10-3
Table 10-6: Number of fishermen employed in the fishing vessels …………………………………………………………....10-4
Table 10-7: Capacities for fishery related plants and services …………………………………………………..…………….10-4
Table 10-8: Distribution of fish products among various markets ……………………………………………………..…...10-5
WBFC Consultants 5
Kolkata August 2015
Table 10-9: Price range and the weighted average price of fishery products ………………………………………….….10-6
Table 10-10: Investment on fishing vessels (Rs.in lakhs) ………………………………………………………..……………..…10-8
Table 10-11: Total investment in Navagaon-Thal fishery harbour ………………………………………………………..…....10-9
Table 10-12: Phasing of investment ……………………………………………………..………………….……………………..……….10-9
Table 10-13: Commission payable on boat side sales ……………………………………………………..…………………..….10-10
Table 10-14: Collection of harbour dues ……………………………………………………..………………….……………….……10-11
Table 10-15: Management of fish auction hall and expenditure involved ……………………………………….…….10-11
Table 10-16: Revenue and expenditure for fishery harbour management and maintenance …….……..…………10-12
Table 11-1: Net earnings as a percentage of capital – Basic vessel operation …………………………………….…….…11-4
Table 11-2: Net earnings with 20% reduction in fish landings …………………………………….…………………………..….11-4
Table 11-3: Return on investment for a given 20% reduction in fish landings …………………………………….…….….11-4
Table 11-4: Percentage reduction in returns with 25% increase in vessel investment cost ..…………………….….11-5
Table 11-5: Vessel returns with 25% increase in variable operating costs of fishing vessels ………………….….11-5
Table 11-6: Break-even analysis for a minimum of 12% returns on vessel investment …………………………….….11-5
Table 11-7: Average boat side price of fish landings ………………………………….…….……………………………………...11-7
APPENDICES:
Appendix 11-1: Fleet Size, fishermen employed and average annual fish landings for total fleet ..….…..11-8
Appendix 11-2: Average fish landings and value per season for a typical 17 m and 10 m fishing vessels ...11-8
Appendix 11-3: General Information, operational schedule and estimated annual financial statement
for a typical 17 m & 10 m fishing vessels ………………………………….……………………………….11-9
Appendix 11-3(a): Sensitivity analysis with 20% reduction in annual fish landings for the fishing vessels ...11-10
Appendix 11-3(b): Sensitivity analysis with 25% increase in the investment in fishing vessel ……………….….11-11
Appendix 11-3 (c): Sensitivity analysis with 25% increase in fishing vessel operating costs (variable costs
only) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…11-12
Appendix 11-3(d): Sensitivity analysis-Break-even point analysis to get 12% return on fishing vessel
investment after depreciation ……………………………………….……………………………………...….11-13
Appendix 11- 4: Recovery factors and percentages of fish landings allocated to various products and
markets ……………….……….…………………………………………………………………………………….….11-14
Appendix 11-5: Allocation of raw material and products produced for each market outlet …………….….11-14
Appendix 11-6: Estimates of Capacities of Shore establishments ………………………………….…….……………..11-15
Appendix 11-7(a): Cost of production, distribution and marketing per tonne of fish products for any year
1-25 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....11-16
Appendix 11-7(b): Retail or F.O.B prices per tonne of product weight …………………………………….………..….11-17
Appendix 11-7(c): Consolidated statement of cost of production, distribution and marketing of fish and
prawn products for any year 1-25 ……..……………..…………………….…….………………………….11-18
Appendix 11-8: Cash outflow statement - investment schedule ………………………………….………………….….11-18
Appendix 11-9: Cash outflow statement- operating costs for integrated project operations …………..….11-19
Appendix 11-10: Cash inflow statement- income from sale of fish and fish products ……………….……….….11-19
Appendix 11-11: Reconciliation of cash inflow and cash outflow statements …………………………………….….11-20
Appendix11-11(a): Sensitivity analysis with 20% reduction in annual fish landings for fishing fleet-
reconciliation of cash inflow and cash outflow statements …………………..…………………….11-20
Appendix11-11(b): Sensitivity analysis with 25% increase in investment-reconciliation of cash inflow and
cash outflow statements ………………………………………….…….……………………………………......11-21
Appendix11-11(c): Sensitivity analysis with 25% increase in operating costs- reconciliation of cash inflow
and cash outflow statements ..……………………………….…….…………………………………………….11-21
FIGURES:
Figure 1-1: Location of fish landing site at Navagaon-Thal fishing villages …………………………………………………1-1
Figure 2-1: Exclusive Economic Zone of India …………………………………………………………………………….……………2-5

Figure 2-2: Fish Production in India …………………………………………………………………………….…………….……………2-9
Figure 2-3: Fish Production Trend in India ………………………………………………………………………………………….…2-10
Figure 2-4: Marine fish export from India …………………………………………………………………………….………….……2-14
WBFC Consultants 6
Kolkata August 2015
Figure 2-5: Fish export trend in India …………………………………………………………………………….……………..………2-14
Figure 3-1: India map showing Maharashtra State …………………………………………………………………………………….3-1

Figure 3-2: Growth of fishing boats in Maharashtra ………………………………………………………………………………….3-4
Figure 3-3: Bombay duck being dried on hanging lines at the open sandy shores of Maharashtra ………..….3-6
Figure 3-4: Marine fish production in Maharashtra ………………………………………………………………………………..…3-8
Figure 3-5: Export of marine products from Maharashtra ……………………………………………………………………….3-11
Figure 4-1: District map of of Raigad ………………………………………………………………………………..……………………4-1

Figure 4-2: Growth of fishing craft in in Raigad District ……….………………………………………………………………….4-3
Figure 4-3: Growth of marine fish production in Raigad District ………………………………………………………………4-6
Figure 5-1: Fishing craft operating at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres (mechanized craft on the left, and non-
mechanized craft on the right) …..………………………………………………………………………..………………..…5-3
Figure 5-2: Growth of mechanized and non-mechanized boats at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres ..…………..…..………5-4
Figure 5-3: Thal creek entrance where the RCFL marine outfall pipeline cut across the creek ………………………………5-7
Figure 5-4: Fishing boats anchored in Thal creek for lack of fish landing jetties …………………………………………………5-8
Figure 5-5: Fishing boats virtually sitting on the creek bed due to lack of water depths ……………………………………….5-8
Figure 5-6: Mud roads without drains at the Navagoan fishery centre ……………………………………………………………...5-9
Figure 5-7: Temporary sheds put up by local fish merchants at Navagoan (left) & Thal (right) fishery centres
for dry fish marketing ……………………………………………………………........................................................5-9
Figure 5-8: Existing concrete platform at Navagoan by the side of Thal creek where boat repairing is
undertaken ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….5-10
Figure 5-9: Womenfolk engaged in fish drying activities (left) and open sandy beds (right) being used for
drying of prawn & fish varieties ..……………………………………………………………………………………………...5-10
Figure 6-1: Waterside area identified for locating jetties at Navagaon-Thal fish landing site ………………….…6-1
Figure 6-2: Thal custom office (on the left) and a typical control point set up on the floor of existing
fish auction shed at Navagoan fish landing site ………………………………………………………………….……6-2
Figure 6-3: Topographic survey carried out for the project at Navagoan-Thal fish landing site ………..…………6-4
Figure 6-4: Core box photographs …………………………………………………………………….……………………………………...6-7
Figure 6-5: Bore hole 1 …………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………………….6-10
Figure 6-6: Bore hole 2 …………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………………….6-11
Figure 6-7: Bore hole 3 …………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………………….6-12
Figure 6-8: Bore hole 4 …………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………………….6-13
Figure 6-9: Sieve graphs of bore holes 1 to 4 …………………………………………………………………….……………………6-14
Figure 6-10: Summary of rock test results of bore holes 1 & 2 ………………………………………………………………….6-15
Figure 6-11: Summary of rock test results of bore holes 3 & 4 …………………………………………………………………6-16
Figure 7-1: Fishing boats entering Thal creek during high waters …………………………………………...……………..…7-3
Figure 7-2: Navagoan coast seen in the left photo and Thal in the right photo (Khanderi fort seen in
the background of Thal seashore) …………………………………………...……………..……………………….……7-5
Figure 8-1: CWPRS proposal of training walls …………………………………………...……………..……………………….………8-5
WBFC Consultants 7
Kolkata August 2015
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
On 23rd July 2014, the Rashtriya Chemicals & Fertilisers Limited (RCFL) Mumbai, a Government of
India Undertaking had floated a tender (Ref.No.NIT RCF/TH/HR/2014/02) intending to avail the
consultancy services for the construction of training walls to facilitate smooth navigation of fishing
boats at Navagaon-Thal in Raigad district of Maharashtra. In response to RCFL’s tender invitation for
the above described study, the West Bengal Fisheries Corporation (WBFC), Kolkata had submitted a
comprehensive proposal, which was subsequently selected and work order was issued by the RCFL
in its letter no.RCF/TH/HR/2014/02 dated 23rd September 2014.
1.2 Project Initiation and Mobilisation
In compliance to the contract agreement, the WBFC Consultants had mobilized their project team.
The site visit to Navagaon-Thal fish landing site was undertaken by the Consultants from 26-29
December 2014. The study team also interacted with local fishermen, fishing boat operators and fish
merchants at the project site and apprehended their practical problems. Figure 1-1 shows the
location of Navagaon-Thal fish landing site located to the north and south of Thal creek joining the
Arabian Sea.
Arabian Sea
Navagaon
fishery centre
RCF Plant
Thal creek
Thal fishery
centre
Figure 1-1: Location of fish landing site at Navagaon-Thal fishing villages
WBFC Consultants 1-1

Kolkata August 2015
1.3 Project Area
The Navagaon-Thal fish landing site is situated 8 km north of Alibag and 3 km off Alibag-Revas main
road junction. In order to reach the Navagaon fishery centre, one has to travel 3 km off Navagaon
phata (junction) on the main road by asphalt road to reach Navagaon fishing village and thereafter
another 2 km by mud road to reach Navagaon fishery centre by the side of Thal creek which drains
into to the Arabian Sea. Just opposite to Navagaon fishery centre is Thal fishery centre on the south
side of Thal creek (see Figure 1-1 above). The location of Navagaon-Thal fish landing site
corresponds to Lat. 18042’N and Long. 72051’E.
1.4 Study Objectives and Tasks
The main objective of the consultancy services is to prepare techno-economic feasibility report
(TEFR) and detailed project report (DPR) for the construction of training walls to solve the
sedimentation problem at the Thal creek and to facilitate smooth navigation of fishing boats through
the Thal creek. This would alleviate the serous issue of damage taking place to the RCFL marine
outfall pipeline which is criss-crossing at the creek entrance.
Also, keeping in mind the increased level of fishing crafts and fishery activities at Navagoan-Thal
fishery centres, the report would recommend appropriate improvements and upgradation of the
existing waterside and shore side fish landing facilities with their costs and benefits. This assessment
will be based on the sustainable exploitation and management of the existing fishery resources, as
well as technical, social, and economic viability.
The implementation of this project is expected solve the RCFL problem and to bring a range of
benefits to the Maharashtra fishery sector and local communities’ inter-alia:
1. provision of water front and landside facilities for safe fish landing, outfitting, idle-berthing and
boat repair facilities to various category of fishing craft and shore based facilities for allied
fishery activities.
2. enhancement of the contribution of the fishery sector to the food security of the people of
Maharashtra.
3. provision of harbour infrastructure facilities compatible to EU norms/HACCP practices for
hygienic handling of fish and the protection of the surrounding environment.
4. provision of value-added services in the fishery sector including dry-fish processing, preservation
and storage to cater to the needs of domestic and overseas markets.
5. generation of additional employment opportunities for both skilled and unskilled workers in
fishing, fish handling, dry-fish processing, marketing and other allied activities and
6. promotion of the two fishery centres viz., Navagoan-Thal to act as growth centre for a range of
post-harvest activities in addition to attracting/promoting alternative uses such as tourism,
transportation, water sports etc.
The study of this complexity involves a range of project tasks. The main project components and
their sequence are described below:
a. A sectoral study of the current fisheries sector to understand the potential of the fishing
industry for both nearshore and offshore fisheries.
b. Examination of Navagaon-Thal fish landing sites for further development into a fishery
harbour. This exercise is to be made on the basis of the available marine fishery resources,

Kolkata August 2015
existing level of fishery activities including the number of fishing boats operating and fish
landings, stakeholders’ consultation and identification of the infrastructure gaps.
c. Preparation of conceptual fishery harbour layout plan taking into consideration various
techno-economic, social, and cultural aspects and other site-specific conditions.
d. Establish the technical, economic and financial viability of the project site based on detailed
engineering and economic studies including economic evaluation in terms of financial
internal rate of return (FIRR) and other related economic parameters.
e. Prepare and finalise the techno-economic feasibility report for Navagaon-Thal sites taking
into account comprehensive planning of the harbour facilities for the next 25 years.
The Consultants have achieved the above tasks in close consultation with the Maharashtra Fisheries
Department, RCFL, the local communities and other key stakeholders to arrive at the design fishing
fleet, conceptual harbour layout and components, sizing of harbour facilities, costs and benefits etc.,
to work out the assessment of the technical feasibility and economic viability of the project for the
proposed development of Navagaon-Thal fishery harbour.
The study is being undertaken and the project deliverables documented in the following stages:
1. Survey and Investigation Report

2. Techno-Economic Feasibility Report : Draft
3. Techno-Economic Feasibility Report : Final
4. Draft: Environment Impact Assessment Environment Management Plan Reports and
Executive Summary
5. Detailed Project Report : Draft
6. Final Detailed Project Report encompassing structural details cost estimates, specification,
detailed structural drawings of all the components of the project
7. Final Environment Impact Assessment, Environment Management Plan and Executive
Summaruy including field questionnaires and other information required by Ministry of
Environment and Forest, High Tide Line, and Low Tide Line demarcation on map and Coastal
Regulation Zone Reports
8. Draft Environment Impact Assessment/Environmenet Management Plan report and final
rapid Environment Impact Assessment/Environment Managerment Plan report with final
executive summary and Performa and filled in questionnaire and other information required
by the Ministry of Environment and Forest for environment clearance alongwith
Environment Impact Assessment, Environment Management Plan reports.
9. Techno-Economic Feasibility Report and Detailed Project Report
10. Bidding/Tender documents, implementation report and bid/tender evaluation report.
In the above context, the Consultants, towards fulfilment of the first project deliverable have already
submitted the Survey and Investigation Report (December 2014) apprising the RCFL on the
topographic and hydrographic surveys and geotechnical investigations in addition to collection of
coastal data such as tides, tidal currents and temperature profile at the project site.
The current exercise is to fulfil the second stage of the project deliverable viz., Draft Techno-
Economic Feasibility Report to RCFL.
Kolkata August 2015
1.5 Methodology of Study
The following is the brief on the project activities subsequently undertaken and incorporated in the
preparation of this Draft Techno-Economic Feasibility Report.
1.5.1 Site Selection and Review of All Available Data
The WBFC Consultants have accomplished the task of collection of primary data and project related
secondary data after the consultancy services were awarded to them in September 2014. The data
collected consist of primary and secondary data. Primary data are collected through observation,
measurement, and structured proforma. Meanwhile, secondary data were obtained from the
published information of governmental and private institutions. The data collection was intended to
appreciate the project site including existing facilities and conditions; and to firm up the study plan
for the preparation of techno-economic feasibility report and detailed project report of the project.
A list of information in the structured proforma required for the economic evaluation of the
Navagoan-Thal fish landing project site was prepared by the Consultants and submitted to RCFL for
their facilitation. With the primary and secondary data gathered, the Consultants have reviewed the
strategic background to the project and carried out a reconnaissance visit of the project site area on
26-29 December 2014 to acquaint with the site features and to identify suitable land and water area
at site for development. The Consultants have examined the site features and nature of soil from the
coastal engineering and fish landing site development point of view. Based on the finalization of the
fish landing site, the Consultants have arranged for the surveys and investigations and other data
collection at the project site area.
1.5.2 Detailed Engineering Surveys and Geo-technical Investigations
The Consultant have conducted detailed engineering surveys and geo-technical investigations which
were necessary to perform the designs adequately and efficiently and to assure the safety of
designs/structural stability of the project components and the economic sizing thereof. The geo-
technical investigations provided information on under layers of soil through standard penetration
tests, conducting field and laboratory tests for undertaking the detailed designs of water front
structures like fishery wharf/jetties etc., and for shore side facilities of the fishery harbour project.
The results of engineering surveys and geo-technical investigations were recorded, analysed and
interpreted by the Consultants in order to make recommendations in respect of design parameters.
The conclusions and recommendations are incorporated in this techno-economic feasibility report
(TEFR).
1.5.3 Field Data Collection and Analysis
The Consultants have collected and analysed the data on wind, storms/cyclones, tide, current, high
flood level, meteorological data such as rainfall, temperature, salinity, humidity, and other relevant
data affecting the project area which was required for the preparation of feasibility report and design
of harbour components.
The Consultants have computed the tide levels such as highest high water level, mean spring and neap
high and low water, lowest low water level etc., from the already available/collected tidal data for the
project site for undertaking detailed designs of water front structures of the fishery harbour.

Kolkata August 2015
1.5.4 Fishery Economic Data Collection and Analysis
The Consultants have reviewed all available documents and information pertaining to the fishery
status at the national, regional and local site level including fishery resources. In addition, the
Consultants have collected and reviewed various fishery economic data such as fisher population,
number of fishing craft of various size and type, fish production, operational economics of fishing
boats, annual fish catch for each size and type of fishing vessels, catch composition, boatside price
for various species of fish and crustaceans, annual income, investment for each type of existing
fishing vessels already operating at the site and their annual operating costs, unit cost of fish
processing, distribution and marketing of fish products.
Further, the Consultants have reviewed the fishing vessel data made available by the State Fisheries
Department and forecasted the vessel projection for the next 5 years including the scope for the
increased size of vessels with reference to the present and future needs. The size and type of fishing
vessels were critically evaluated and vessel characteristics specified for all types. Based on boat
traffic analysis, the Consultants have made an assessment of the design fishing fleet. In order to
assess the operational economics of different types of fishing boats at the project location, the
Consultants have undertaken interviews/discussions with the owners and operators of the fishing
boats.
1.5.5 Technical Evaluation
As part of the preparation of techno-economic feasibility report, the Consultants have carried out
detailed technical evaluation of Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour project to establish its viability for
an economic operational life of at least 25 years which included the following:
 The evaluation of all available data and results/analyses of engineering surveys and geo-
technical investigations and fishery economic data;
 Deciding on design fishing fleet based on existing and projected fishing fleet in consultation
with the RCFL;
 Determination of fishing vessel characteristics such as overall length, beam, draft, engine
horse power, fishing method, crew, fish hold capacity, duration of voyage, gross tonnage
etc.;
 Defining harbour entrance channel width and depth considering maximum vessel draft and
two-lane traffic, design low water, siltation, keel clearance for safe navigation;
 Determining harbour basin area depending on number and size of vessels of design fleet and
vessel moorage density;
 Determining harbour basin depth considering largest vessel’s draft in laden and unladen
condition, design low water, keel clearance for safe navigation and possible siltation;
 Computing wharf/jetty lengths for fish landing, outfitting, idle-berthing and repair;
 Deciding on various water front and shore side harbour facilities;
 Evolving an optimum fishery harbour site layout from the alternative layouts including
phased development and scope for future expansion.
 Detailed design of various water front and shore side harbour facilities;
 General layout plan of all harbour components;
 Detailed cost estimates for the estimated quantity with possible alternatives/options of the
project alternatives; and
 Project drawings
After completing the technical evaluation, the Consultants have undertaken economic evaluation of
the proposed fishery harbour project which includes the following:
Kolkata August 2015
 Existing number of mechanised and non-mechanised boats – size wise with type of fishing.
 Present annual fish landings and value for each type of fishing boats.
 Incremental fish landings and value expected for each type of boat after the construction of the
fishery harbour.
 Economics of vessel operation for each type and size of fishing vessel.
 Estimation of average annual fish landings for total fishing fleet.
 Disposal of fish landings into different types of fish products and markets
(domestic/international).
 Estimates of additional capacities of shore establishments viz., ice plants, chilled fish storage,
dry fish storage, fish meal plants etc.,
 Cost of production, distribution and marketing per tonne of fish products.
 Total cost of production, distribution and marketing.
 Interest on operating capital required for shore based activities.
 Cash outflow statements
 New investments for fishing vessels, water side and shore side facilities.
 Operating costs for fishing boats, processing, distribution and marketing, harbour management
and maintenance.
 Cash inflow statement - Income from sale of fish products.
 Reconciliation of cash inflow and cash outflow statements.
 Financial and economic evaluation of the proposal (with and without project) and
calculation of net present value (NPV), and financial internal rate of return (FIRR)
The measurable economic benefits and costs have been assessed in monetary terms (wherever
feasible), and both the streams of benefits and costs on annual basis over the evaluation period have
been discounted into the net present values. The FIRR has been used as the main indicator of
economic justification of the project. The evaluation of benefits has included:
 Benefits of incremental fish landings (The project is intended to enhance the fish landings
quantitatively and qualitatively).
 Benefits from the newly created direct and indirect jobs. As a result of the project, new
direct jobs in fishing vessels, cold storage/wet and dry fish processing industries, etc., and
indirect jobs in fish transportation, sales etc., those are likely to be created and
 Other quantifiable and unquantifiable benefits.
The direct costs incorporated in the economic evaluation consist of consultancy services for
undertaking studies and construction costs of the project as well as the operation and maintenance
costs during the lifetime of the fishery harbour project. The project land will be provided free of cost
by the Maharashtra State Government and the private sector will build and run some of the shore
side harbour facilities such as ice plant, cold store, fuel outlets etc.
Further, the economic evaluation comprises of the sensitivity analyses of the fishing vessel operations
and at the overall project level viz.,
i) Reduction in overall fish landings or fish prices by 10% and 20%
ii) Rise in investment and operating costs by 10% and 20%
Kolkata August 2015
The Consultants have further considered unquantifiable benefits favouring the implementation of
the project. The Consultants have provided details of all other socio-economic impacts of the
project, viz., increase in fish export, diversification of national income, direct and indirect job
opportunities etc., which make the project economically viable and implementable.
1.5.6 Preparation of Techno-Economic Feasibility Report
Incorporating the full technical and economic evaluation of the project in addition to all other
relevant data that influence the feasibility aspects, the WBFC Consultants have prepared this techno-
economic feasibility report (TEFR). This report also includes analysis of the existing situation, nature
and magnitude of problems to be addressed. Need and justification for the project in the context of
State and national priorities has been examined for the project.

Kolkata August 2015
2
FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT IN INDIA
2.1 General
Fish is the main animal protein source for over one billion people out of the world population of 7.0
billion and it provides livelihood for over 200 million people worldwide. 90% of these people are
from developing countries and 60% of fish consumption is by the developing countries. Marine fish
provide about 20% of the animal protein eaten by humans.
Among the top ten fish producing countries, India is the second largest producer of fish in the world.
China is by far the top producer of fish with 55.3 million tonnes in 2012 up more than 1% from 2011.
Apart from the primary production sector, fisheries and aquaculture provide numerous jobs in
ancillary activities such as fish processing, packaging, marketing and distribution, manufacturing of
fish processing equipment, net and gear making, ice production and supply, boat construction and
maintenance, research and administration. All of this employment, together with dependants, is
estimated to support the livelihoods of 14.49 million people.
For most of the developing countries like India, fish export is a significant contribution in foreign
exchange earnings. Fisheries development has been assigned a very important place in the economic
development plans of many developing nations. Around 160-180 million people worldwide are
employed in fisheries and aquaculture, 95% of them in developing countries. The majority are
involved in small-scale fisheries. Fisheries and aquaculture provide livelihoods and income for an
estimated 54.8 million people engaged in the primary sector of fish production in 2010, of whom an
estimated 7 million were occasional fishers and fish farmers. Asia accounts for more than 87% of the
world total with China having 14 million people (26% of the world total) engaged as fishers and fish
farmers. Asia is followed by Africa (more than 7%), and Latin America and the Caribbean (3.6%).
About 16.6 million people were engaged in fish farming, and they were even more concentrated in
Asia (97%), followed by Latin America and the Caribbean (1.5%) and Africa (about 1%).
The annual per capita consumption of fishery products has grown steadily in developing countries
from 5.2 kg in 1961 to 17.0 kg in 2009. A sizeable share of fish consumed in developed countries
consists of imports, and owing to steady demand and declining domestic fishery production (down
10% in the period 2000–2010), their dependence on imports, in particular from developing countries
like India, is projected to grow in coming years.
2.2 Fisheries Development in India
Fishing is one of the oldest means of livelihood of mankind and fisheries sector play an important
role in the national economy and in the socio-economic development in India. It provides
employment opportunities to large sections of the population, supplies rich protein diet at
affordable costs and earns foreign exchange. The fisheries sector contributes US$ 4.4 billion to the
national income.

Kolkata August 2015
The present fish production in the country as of 2012-13 is 9.04 million tonnes whereas the
estimated fish potential is about 9.4 million tonnes. The projected fish production is likely to reach
9.58 million tonnes. The fisheries sector contributed Rs.78 053 crores to the GDP (at current prices)
during 2012-13, which is 0.83% of the total GDP at factor cost and 4.75% of the GDP at factor cost
from agriculture, forestry and fishing. The share of fisheries sector in the total GDP at factor cost in
current prices has doubled from 0.40% in 1950-51 to 0.83% in 2012-13. The fisheries sector has also
been one of the major contributors of foreign exchange earnings. During 2013-14, export of marine
products reached 983 756 tonnes valued at Rs.30 213.26 crores (over US$ 5 007.7 million).
Importance of the fisheries sector to the Indian economy is widely acknowledged. Its significance lies
in three major areas: First of all, it is a source of animal protein for human consumption. It is
expected that by the year 2020, the fish eating population in the country would be around 650
million. Secondly, it is a source of employment. About 2.1 million fisher populace in India draw their
livelihood from fisheries who belong to poor backward community of the society. Thirdly, it is a
source of foreign exchange.
India is recognized as the second largest source of aquaculture production in the world with a share
of 5.68% of the global total (as per FAO statistics) after China. Reservoirs and freshwater aquaculture
are the pillars of growth, besides, floodplain lakes and wetlands, irrigation canals, saline and
waterlogged areas too contribute towards increasing inland fish production. About 67% of the total
fish produced in India is consumed in the fresh form due to low demand for value-added fish
products and about 6% is converted into fishmeal. Processed and dried fish account for 16% and 7%
to 10% frozen while a very small portion of less than 1% is canned. With nearly 10 lakh tonnes
exported, currently domestic demand for all types of fish (including fresh and processed) is about 7.5
million tonnes and is likely to cross 10 million tonnes mark by 2016, according to the Associated
Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India (ASSOCHAM) study.
Fisheries play an important role in the national economy, providing full-time or part-time
employment to over 14.49 million people who are engaged fully, partially or in subsidiary activities
pertaining to the sector. Objectives for future fisheries development include enhancing fish
production, generating employment, improving socio-economic conditions of fishers, increasing
marine products for export, and increasing per capita availability of fish to about 11 kg/annum.
There would be a marginal improvement in the nutritional status as a result of increased fish
consumption. These objectives are intended to be achieved through an integrated approach to
marine and inland fisheries and aquaculture, taking into account the need for responsible and
sustainable fisheries. Conservation of aquatic resources and genetic bio-diversity is another thrust
area for the next millennium.
2.3 Fishery Resources
India has vast potential for fisheries from both inland and marine resources. Indian marine waters
are home to over 1 707 fish species including 200 commercially significant species. Marine and
inland fisheries and aquaculture constitute the main components of fisheries sector in India.
Aquaculture is practiced in both fresh and brackish waters. In recent years, mariculture or sea
farming is gaining popularity and a couple of fin and shellfish species and sea weeds are now being
farmed. Ornamental fish farming, although a non-food activity also has a promising future and is
likely to contribute to the overall growth of fisheries sector in the coming years in terms of foreign
exchange earnings and additional livelihood opportunities for fishers and unemployed young men
and women in both urban and rural areas. A snapshot of country’s marine and inland fisheries
resources are shown in Table 2-1 below.

Kolkata August 2015
Table 2-1: Fisheries Resources of India – at a glance
Marine Resources & Fishery Statistics
Coastline (km) 8 118

2
Exclusive Economic Zone (million km )
West coast 0.86
East coast 0.56
Around A & N Islands 0.60
Total 2.02
2
Continental shelf (‘000 km ) 530
Fish production in 2012-13
Marine 3.321
Inland 5.714
Total 9.035
Fish export in 2013-14
Quantity (‘000 tonnes) 983.756
Value (Rs.in crore) 30213.26
Contribution of fisheries to GDP at current prices (2012-13)
GDP from fisheries(Rs.in crore) Rs.78053
GDP from agriculture 4.75%
Total GDP 0.83%
Fishing villages (Nos.) 3 432
Fishery centres (Nos.) 1 537
Fisher families (Nos.) 874 749
Fisher folk population (Nos.) 4 056 213
Inland Resources
Rivers & canals (km) 195 095
Reservoirs (lakh ha.) 29.26367
Tanks and ponds (lakh ha) 24.3276
Floodplain/derelict water bodies (lakh ha) 7.983
Brackish water (lakh ha) 11.55
Saline/alkaline affected area (lakh ha) 12.40
Source: 1. National Marine Fisheries Census 2010 (CMFRI, 2012)

2. Handbook on Fisheries Statistics, 2014, Department of Animal Husbandry, Dairying & Fisheries
(DAHD&F), Ministry of Agriculture, Govt.of India.
The following paragraphs describe the fisheries under different subsectors in greater details.
2.3.1 Marine Fisheries
Marine fisheries is a renewable resource and is considered to be a pro-poor subsector. Marine fish
production has been still found as a capture fishery resource registering the highest production
(40%) from the northwest coast and the lowest (6%) from the northeast coast, with highest landings
being through mechanized craft (64%). The traditional (artisanal) fishery, on which most people
depend accounted for 37% in 1982, is currently contributing only 8%.
According to the Handbook on Fisheries Statistics, 2014 brought out by Department of Animal
Husbandry, Dairying & Fisheries (DAHD&F), Ministry of Agriculture, Govt.of India which included
data of National Marine Fisheries Census 2010, the Indian fishing craft consists of a total of 199 141
fishing crafts, comprising of 72 749 mechanized vessels and 73 710 motorized and the remaining
52982 traditional non-mechanized craft. As was reported in 2010, traditional crafts and motorized
crafts are concentrated more in the east coast (72% and 58%) whereas the mechanized vessels are
more along the west coast (58%). The total number of fishing craft also is more on the east coast
(Table 2-2).

Kolkata August 2015
Table 2-2: Fishing Craft in India
Mechanized Traditional non-

Sl. Motorized
Maritime State/UT fishing vessels mechanized Total
No. craft
(MFVs) craft
1. Gujarat 18 278 8 238 1 884 28 400
2. Maharashtra 13 016 1 563 2 783 17 362
3. Goa 1 142 1 297 227 2 666
4. Daman & Diu 1 000 359 321 1 680
5. Karnataka 3 643 7 518 2 862 14 023
6. Kerala 4 722 11 175 5 884 21 781
7 Lakshadweep Islands 129 606 727 1462
8. Tamil Nadu 10 692 24 942 10 436 46 070
9. Puducherry 369 1 562 662 2 593
10. Andhra Pradesh 3 167 10 737 17 837 31 741
11. Odisha 2 248 3 922 4 656 10 826
12. West Bengal 14 282 - 3 066 17 348
13. A & N Islands 61 1 591 1 637 3 189
Total 72 749 73 410 52 982 199 141
Mechanized fishing vessels involve dole netters, trawlers, ring seine units with inboard engine (of 1-6
cylinders), gill netters, purse seiners, pole and line, and long lining. Large outboard crafts (fitted with
more than one outboard engine) include: ring seine units, large plywood boats, and beach landing
crafts. Small outboard crafts (fitted with one OB engine) include: plank-transom canoes (mini/pelagic
trawl units), plank-built canoes, dugout canoes, catamarans, small plywood boats, FRP crafts and
beach landing crafts. Traditional crafts include: catamarans, dugout canoes, plank-built canoes and
FRP canoes. The fishing craft use a wide range of fishing gear including seines, stake nets, lines, bag
nets, encircling nets and lift nets.
After declaration of the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) in 1977, the oceanic resources available to
India are estimated at 2.02 million km2, comprising 0.86 million km2 (42.6 % of the total) on the west
coast, 0.56 million km2 (27.7%) on the east coast and 0.60 million km2 (29.7%) around the Andaman
and Nicobar Islands (Figure 2-1). The continental shelf area amounts to 530 000 km2 of which 71%
area is available in the Arabian Sea (west coast) and the remaining 29% in the Bay of Bengal (east
coast).
The country has a long coastline of 8 118 km and an equally large area under estuaries, backwaters,
lagoons etc., which is highly amenable for developing capture as well as culture fisheries. As per the
National Marine Fisheries Census, 2010, the marine fisheries activities are spread in approximately
1537 landing centres and 3 432 fishing villages located along the coastline on the mainland and the
two Island territories of Lakshadweep and the Andaman & Nicobar Islands.
Marine fisheries constitute a valuable source of food and employment, and a net contributor to the
balance of payment. Marine fisheries have progressively increased by nearly eight times during the
past 50 years. As per the early estimates of National Marine Fisheries Census, 2010, there are about
8.63 lakh fisher families in the mainland and about 9.26 lakh people are engaged as active fishers.

Kolkata August 2015
Figure 2-1: Exclusive Economic Zone of India
The estimated marine resource potential of the Indian EEZ is 4.42 million tonnes at the present
exploitation rates. In marine fisheries, while inshore waters have been almost exploited to the
sustainable levels, contributions from the deep sea have been insignificant. The trend based surveys
have indicated that in the depth range up to 100 m, which contributes to about 86% of the total
exploited resources; practically there is little possibility of witnessing quantitative increase in fish
production. However, the depth ranges beyond 100 m have avenues of expansion, albeit more in
qualitative terms. In this domain, the possibility revolves around oceanic resources like tuna, bill
fishes and allied species whose combined potential is pegged at 0.22 million tonnes with the
lucrative yellow fin tuna contributing to the tune of 40% to it.
Among the maritime States, Gujarat (693 560 tonne, 20.88%) has emerged as the leading producer
of marine fish in the country during 2012-13, followed by Kerala (530 640 tonne, 15.98%),
Maharashtra (448 910 tonne, 13.52%) and Tamil Nadu (428 440 tonne, 12.90%). These four States
together provide nearly 63% of the marine fish production of the country. Nearly 76.58% of the fish
catch is marketed fresh. The fish drying and curing industry in India is on the decline, with only about
5.15% fish being used for curing. Frozen fish accounts for 9.18%, 3.55% goes for reduction to fish
meal, 0.93% for offal reduction and 4.02% for miscellaneous purposes. The fish canning industry has
also declined recently, in part due to the high cost of metal cans. Only 0.59% of the total catch is
used for canning purposes.
There have been significant inputs to marine fisheries development in recent years. Plans have been
approved for 7 major and 70 minor fishery harbours and 196 fish landing centres, of which the 7
major fishery harbours, 45 minor fishery harbours and 180 FLCs have been commissioned, and
others are under construction. In order to improve the marketing of fresh fish internally, a number
of cold storage, ice plants and cold chains have also been established. Export trade is completely in
the hands of the private sector. Units mostly exist in the small-scale sector as proprietary/
partnership firms or fishermen cooperatives. Over the last decade, the organized corporate sector
has become increasingly involved in preservation, processing and export of marine fish. The wide
variety of fish resources found in Indian inland waters, coastal areas and deep seas comprising
India’s EEZ has a large potential of growth.

Kolkata August 2015
2.3.2 Inland Fisheries
The inland fisheries in India include both capture and culture fisheries. The inland capture fishery
resources comprise a maze of rivers, canals, estuaries, floodplain lakes, wetlands, lagoons,
peninsular tanks, reservoirs and oxbow lakes.
The river system includes 14 major and 44 medium rivers, innumerable tributaries and branches.
With a combined length of 45 000 km and 20 000 km2 of catchment area, the country’s riverine
resources provide one of the richest fish stocks of the world. The floodplains are primarily
continuum of rivers and exist in the form of oxbow lakes, especially in the States of Bihar, West
Bengal, Assam (Brahmaputra and Barak valleys), Manipur and eastern Uttar Pradesh. The country
has an estimated 1.2 million hectare of floodplain lakes and wetlands where fish and fisheries
remain a traditional economic activity with tremendous socio-economic impact in the rural sector.
The cold water fishery resources comprise rivers, streams, lakes, reservoirs with a combined riverine
length of 8 253 km and 41 600 ha of sprawling lakes and reservoirs. Besides, there are vast sheets of
inland saline water bodies lying unexploited in different States of the country, mainly in northern
and central India.
Seven major rivers contribute to the estuarine resource of the country. Besides, there are large
numbers of smaller rivers on both the coasts, which end up in estuaries. The Hooghly-Matlah
estuarine system, which is the largest and richest estuarine system in the country, encompasses the
Sundarbans. The other important resources include the Mahanadi, Narmada, Tapti and some smaller
peninsular estuaries. India has more than 3 million hectare of reservoirs distributed under divergent
geo-climatic, morphometric and edaphic environments. Based on a 1995 study of the Food and
Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations, these water bodies are classified as small
(1000 ha), medium (1 000 to 5 000 ha) and large (5 000 ha).
The inland fisheries resources provide full time vocation to 1.24 million inland fishers, and 5 719 560
tonnes of annual fish production. India in 2012-13, with inland fish production of 5.72 million tonne
(10.7% of the world total, (inland of 53.5 million tonne) was the second largest producer of inland
fish in the world (after China with 2 297 839 tonne, 19.76%) followed by Myanmar (1 246 460 tonne,
10.72% and Bangladesh 1 054 585 tonne, 9.07%) and the sector plays a great role in nutritional
security and employment potential. The sector is also an important source of ancillary jobs for the
rural population, especially in marketing, retailing, transportation etc.
Andhra Pradesh (1 393 730 tonne, 24.37%), is the leading producer of inland fisheries in the country
followed by West Bengal (1 33 766 tonne, 23.39%) and Uttar Pradesh (449 750 tonne, 7.86%) which
collectively contribute over 55% of inland fish production of the country.
2.3.3 Aquaculture
In India, aquaculture production has witnessed an impressive transformation from a highly

traditional activity to a well-developed industry. The tiger shrimp (Penaeus monodon) had the major
share in this production followed by white shrimp (Penaeus indicus) and banana shrimp (Penaeus
merguensis). India in 2012 with 4 209 415 tonne of world total of 666 33 253 tonne, 6.3%), was the

Kolkata August 2015
second largest source of aquaculture production in the world after China with 41 108 306 tonne
(61.70%).
The freshwater culture resources in the country comprise 2.43 million hectare of ponds and tanks.
The other resources where fish farming can be undertaken include the floodplain lakes and other
natural lakes, reservoirs, irrigation canals and paddy fields. India is basically a carp country with
more than 75% of the production being contributed by carps alone. Major carp species cultured are
Rohu (Labeo rohita), Catla (Catla catla), Mrigal carp (Cirrhinus mrigala), Grass carp
(Ctenopharyngodon idellus), Common carp (Cyprinus carpio), Silver carp (Hypothalmitchthys
molitrix), Cat fish (Clarius batrachus), Singi (Heteropneustes fossilis), Rainbow trout (Onchorhynchus
mykiss), and Giant river prawn (Macrobrachium rosenbergii). With a rich resource base both in
terms of water bodies and fish species, the investments in this sector are depicting a rising trend.
There was an increase of 5.5 times in freshwater aquaculture fish production during the last one and
a half decades. The recent estimates of freshwater aquaculture production at 4.209 million tonnes
are more than one-third of the total fish production of India.
Since the early eighties, development of brackish water aquaculture has gained prominence. About
1.15 million hectare has been estimated as amenable for brackish water aquaculture in the coastal
areas of the country. Traditional shrimp farming practices are popular in Kerala, West Bengal and
Goa. The yields from this system vary from 300 to 1 000 kg/ha/year. Improved traditional and
extensive shrimp farming has become very common in recent years.
Because of its high commercial value, giant tiger prawn (Penaeus monodon) is the dominant species
in commercial production, although Indian white prawn (Penaeus indicus; around 5% of total
production) is also farmed in several places. Shrimp production by farming reached a record value in
1994-95. Subsequently production suffered a setback due to a ban imposed by the Supreme Court of
India in response to petition filed by environmentalists.
As of now, intensive shrimp farming is banned, and only modified, improved traditional and
extensive farming are permitted, with a productivity of around 2 to 2.5 tonne/ha/year. Aquaculture,
particularly shrimp farming, is now regulated and controlled by the Aquaculture Authority of India
(AAI). Besides tiger shrimp (Penaeus monodon), the exotic white leg shrimp (Littopenaeus vannamei)
is also becoming a popular species. Farmed shrimps contribute a sizeable percentage to the total
exports from the country.
2.4 Fish Production and Trend
Globally India's share in fisheries production in 2012-13 was about 5.72% of which marine fish
production was 2.1% and inland fish production 3.62%. The share of India in global fish production
has grown gradually, from about 2.6% during the 1960s and 1970s to the present level of 5.72%.
Table 2-3 provides a comparative account of the global and Indian fish production from capture and
culture fisheries.

Kolkata August 2015
Table 2-3: Fish Production in India and the World
Capture fish production Aquaculture production Total fish production

Year (in million tonnes) (in million tonnes) (in million tonnes)
Global India Global India Global India
2005 92.0 2.816 44.3 3.756 136.3 6.572 (4.82%)
2006 89.7 3.024 47.3 3.845 137.0 6.869 (5.01%)
2007 90.8 2.920 49.9 4.207 140.7 7.127 (5.06%)
2008 90.1 2.978 52.9 4.638 143.0 7.616 (5.33%)
2009 79.6 3.104 55.7 4.894 135.3 7.998(5.91%)
2010 89.1 3.250 59.0 4.981 148.1 8.231 (5.56%)
2011 93.7 3.372 62.0 5.294 155.7 8.666 (5.56%)
2012 91.3 3.321 66.6 5.719 157.9 9.040 (5.72%)
Note: Capture fish production for India is taken to be that of marine fisheries and aquaculture
production is mainly from inland fisheries
Overall fish production of India has shown an increasing trend from 0.75 million tonnes in 1950-51 to
reach 9.04 million tonnes in 2012-13 registering an average annual growth rate of around 4.3% since
1950s. With a vast fish production potential, particularly in inland fisheries (mainly reservoirs) and
aquaculture, the sector has shown an average annual growth rate of about 6% over the Five-Year
Plan periods. In case of marine fisheries, fish production has increased from 0.53 million tonnes in
1950-51 to 3.321 million tonnes in 2012-13 with an average annual growth rate of 2.61%. In the
inland sector, the growth has been steady, increasing from 0.218 million tonnes during 1950-51 to
about 5.719 million tonnes in 2012-13, with an annual growth rate of 6.1% (see Table 2-4 and Figure
2-2).
Table 2-4: Fish Production in India (1950-51 to 2013-14)
Fish Production (‘000 tonnes) Average annual growth rate (%)

Year
Marine Inland Total Marine Inland Total
1950-51 534 218 752 - - -
1955-56 596 243 839 2.32 2.29 2.31
1960-61 880 280 1 160 9.53 3.05 7.65
1965-66 824 507 1 331 -1.27 16.21 2.95
1970-71 1 086 670 1 756 6.36 6.43 6.39
1973-74 1 210 748 1 958 3.81 3.88 3.83
1978-79 1 490 816 2 306 4.63 1.82 3.55
1979-80 1 492 848 2 340 0.13 3.92 1.47
1980-81 1 555 887 2 442 4.22 4.60 4.36
1981-82 1 445 999 2 444 -7.07 12.63 0.08
1982-83 1 427 940 2 367 -1.25 -5.91 -3.15
1983-84 1 519 987 2 506 6.45 5.00 5.87
1984-85 1 698 1 103 2 801 11.78 11.75 11.77
1985-86 1 716 1 160 2 876 1.06 5.17 2.68
1986-87 1 713 1 229 2 942 -0.17 5.95 2.29
1987-88 1 658 1 301 2 959 -3.21 5.86 0.58
1988-89 1 817 1 335 3 152 9.59 2.61 6.52
1989-90 2 275 1 402 3 677 25.21 5.02 16.66
1990-91 2 300 1 536 3 836 1.10 9.56 4.32
1991-92 2 447 1 710 4 157 6.39 11.33 8.37
1992-93 2 576 1 789 4 365 5.27 4.62 5.00
1993-94 2 649 1 995 4 644 2.83 11.51 6.39
1994-95 2 692 2 097 4 789 1.62 5.11 3.12
1995-96 2 707 2 242 4 949 0.56 6.91 3.34
1996-97 2 967 2 381 5 348 9.60 6.20 8.06
1997-98 2 950 2 438 5 388 -0.57 2.39 0.75
1998-99 2 696 2 602 5 298 -8.61 6.73 -1.67
1999-00 2 852 2 823 5 675 5.79 8.49 7.12
2000-01 2 811 2 845 5 656 -1.44 0.78 -0.33
2001-02 2 830 3 126 5 956 0.68 9.88 5.30

Kolkata August 2015
2002-03 2 990 3 210 6 200 5.65 2.69 4.10

2003-04 2 941 3 458 6 399 -1.64 7.73 3.21
2004-05 2 779 3 526 6 305 -5.51 1.97 -1.47
2005-06 2 816 3 756 6 572 1.33 6.52 4.23
2006-07 3 024 3 845 6 869 7.39 2.37 4.52
2007-08 2 920 4 207 7 127 -3.44 9.41 3.76
2008-09 2 978 4 639 7 617 1.99 10.24 6.86
2009-10 3 104 4 894 7 998 4.23 5.52 5.02
2010-11 3 250 4 981 8 231 4.70 1.78 2.91
2011-12 3 372 5 294 8 666 3.75 6.28 5.28
2012-13 3 321 5 719 9 040 -1.51 8.03 4.32
2013-14 (P) 3 443 6 136 9 579 3.67 7.29 5.96
P: Provisional
Source: Handbook on Fisheries Statistics (2014), Department of Animal Husbandry, Dairying and Fisheries (DAHD&F), Ministry of
Agriculture, Govt.of India.
Fish Production in India (1980-2013)

12000
10000
8000
6000 Marine
Inland
4000
Total
2000
0
1999-2000
2013-14 (P)
1980-81
1981-82
1982-83
1983-84
1984-85
1985-86
1986-87
1987-88
1988-89
1989-90
1990-91
1991-92
1992-93
1993-94
1994-95
1995-96
1996-97
1997-98
1998-99
2000-01
2001-02
2002-03
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
Figure 2-2: Fish Production in India
During 1987-97, there was a gradual increase in marine fish production, growing 78% in the ten-year
period. During the same period, there was a steady increase in inland fisheries production,
registering 87.39%. See Figure 2-3 for the fish production trend in India from the year 1980-2013.
Inland fish production, including farming is now catching up with production from the marine sector
and is likely to overtake marine capture fisheries in the next millennium. It is therefore possible that
fish production in India can grow at a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of about 7% during
the course of next 4-5 years from the current level of over 3.5% CAGR provided necessary
infrastructure facilities are created.
The growth rate analysis for various States showed that fish production had a significant growth in
all the States, except Rajasthan. In some of the States like Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Karnataka,
Kerala, Maharashtra and Odisha, the growth of inland fisheries was found to be higher than the
marine fisheries. But in West Bengal and Tamil Nadu, marine fisheries growth was observed to be
more than the inland fisheries.

Kolkata August 2015
Fish Production Trend in India (1980-2013)

30.00
25.00
20.00
15.00
10.00 Marine
Inland
5.00 Total
0.00
1999-2000
2013-14 (P)
1980-81
1981-82
1982-83
1983-84
1984-85
1985-86
1986-87
1987-88
1988-89
1989-90
1990-91
1991-92
1992-93
1993-94
1994-95
1995-96
1996-97
1997-98
1998-99
2000-01
2001-02
2002-03
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
-5.00
-10.00
-15.00
Figure 2-3: Fish Production Trend in India
The fish production during the 1950s was more pronounced in marine fisheries, which remained the
major contributor till the early 1990s. Its share in the total fish production was more than 70%
during 1960s, but started declining thereafter and came down to about 62% during 1970s and to
59% during 1980s. From the mid-1990s, the fish production started witnessing a significant change,
and by the year 2000, the share of inland fish production crossed half of the total fish production in
the country.
Time-series trend in landings of marine fisheries shows considerable variation through the period
1950-2013. These changes are: (i) increase in number of species harvested/caught; (ii) changes in
catch composition; and (iii) decline in availability of some species and increase in the others, such as
the oil sardine along the coastline. Marine fish productions often fluctuate, and depend largely on
the vagaries of the monsoons. Conservation measures have been adopted in both the east and west
coasts by enforcing closed seasons during the breeding seasons of important species.
Maritime States along the west and east coasts of India are implementing closed season of 45 to 75
days for mechanized fishing vessels as a corollary to their Marine Fishing Regulation Acts. Earlier
there was no uniformity of ban period, but after the intervention of the Ministry of Agriculture,
Govt. of India, the ban has been made uniform for 47 days all along the west coast (June 15 – July
31) and east coast (April 15 – May 31) States and Union Territories.
During the past one and a half decades, the production of inland aquaculture fish has increased from
0.51 to 2.69 million tonnes, and of inland capture fisheries has declined from over 0.59 to 0.50
million. The share of aquaculture has also increased sharply from 46 to 84%, primarily because of
tremendous rise in production from freshwater aquaculture (0.3 to 2.1 million tonnes). Its share in

Kolkata August 2015
the total inland fish production has also increased from 28 to 66%. It still has a large scope for
enhancing fish production through horizontal expansion and increasing the productivity per unit
area.
2.5 Fish Production Potential
India’s marine fisheries production has reached a plateau and, at best, only marginal increase is
predicted in the near future. Most major stocks are fully exploited and further increase has to come
from exploitation of deep-sea resources. Fishing efforts are largely confined to the inshore waters
through artisanal, traditional, mechanized sectors. About 90% of the present production from the
marine sector is from within a depth range of up to 50 to 70 m and remaining 10% from depths
extending up to 200 m. While 93% of the production is contributed by artisanal, mechanized and
motorized sector, the remaining 7% is contributed by deep sea fishing fleets confining their
operation mainly to the shrimp grounds in the upper East Coast.
On the other hand, inland fish production is on constant rise. It has shown rapid growth, recording
an annual growth rate of 6%. Aquaculture is the principal factor in this development. All future
additional demand for fish will have to be met from aquaculture.
The harvestable potential of marine fishery resources in the EEZ has been revalidated in 2011 at
about 4.42 million tonnes, of which the pelagic resources account for 2.128 million tonnes; demersal
resources for 2.083 million tonnes and oceanic resources for 0.21 million tonnes. As compared to
the last estimate carried out in 2000, the current estimate is about 0.5 million tonnes more.
Depth-wise marine fish production potential shows that about 86.84% of the resources (3.837
million tonnes) are available in the 100 m depth zone; 5.86% (0.259 million tonnes) in 100-200 m
depth; and 2.59% (0.115 million tonnes in the 200-500 m depth zone. The resources in oceanic area
have been estimated as 0.21 million tonnes, which is 4.71% of the total potential. The oceanic
resources largely comprise yellow fin tuna (80 000 tonnes), skipjack tuna (99 000 tonnes), bigeye
tuna (500 tonnes), billfishes (5 900 tonnes), pelagic sharks (20 800 tonnes) and other species (3 800
tonnes). Amongst the different groups of pelagic species, oil sardines top with a share of 0.51 million
tonnes, followed by ribbon fish (0.23 million tonnes) and Indian mackerel (0.2 million tonnes). In the
demersal group, penaeid prawns top with a share of 0.24 million tonnes, followed by Croakers (0.22
million tonnes) and non-penaeid prawns (0.21 million tonnes).
In case of inland fisheries, reservoirs and floodplain wetlands offer greater scope for increase in fish
production through culture fisheries. The average fish production potential was estimated at 250
kg/ha for reservoirs and 1 500 kg/ha for floodplains/wetlands. Further, the irrigation canals are
rarely exploited for fish production.
Despite the vast fishery resources, the fish production in India is far from adequate. India just
produces 15% of total supply of fish in Asia compared to other South-East Asian countries. The
importance of developing fishery resources lies in the fact that they can act as substitute to our land

Kolkata August 2015
resources. This indeed would make a tremendous impact on raising the nutritional standard of
people and on raising the standard of living of our poverty stricken fisher populace, as also on our
foreign exchange earnings.
2.6 Fish Export and Trend
The fishery sector is a major foreign exchange earner in the Indian economy. The export touched
983 756 tonnes valued Rs.307 121.48 crores during 2013-14. During the previous year, it was 928215
tonnes valued at Rs.18 856.26 crores. Since 2009-10, the marine product exports have crossed US $
2 billion for the third consecutive time and during 2013-14, export earnings for the first time in 2013-
14 touched US $ 5.0 billion mark registering an increase of 6% in terms of volume and 60% by value
compared to the previous year.
Presently, the global fish trade is estimated over US $ 138 billion. The share of marine products in
total export earnings from India is over 3% of which the share of frozen shrimp in the export
earnings is very high and contributes about 64% of the total export earnings. While export of fish
and shrimp in various forms, constitutes more than 80% of Indian sea food exports, shrimp alone
accounts for 64% of the value of exports. However, the major share of the present export in
volumetric terms is in bulk form while a small share of the exports comprise of value-added
products.
The export mainly consisted of frozen Shrimp (64%) followed by low valued fresh/frozen fin fish
varieties (14.2%), frozen Cephalopods (10.3%) and dried seafood items (3.3%). Southeast Asia
including China was the top most importer of Indian seafood shared close to 46.34% of export in
terms of volume and 32.48% by value followed by USA (11.27% by volume & 25.63% by value), EU
(17.76% by volume & 20.29% by value), Japan (7.27% by volume & 8.15% by value) and Middle East
(5.90% by volume & 5.29% by value). There is also growing export of canned and processed fish from
India.
The major change noticed in the export trend, during the year 2013-14 is the emergence of South
East Asia who continued to be the top most importer of marine products in terms of volume and
value followed by USA. The other individual markets, which increased their shares during 2013-14,
are other countries like Canada, Mauritius, Australia, Switzerland, Maldives, New Zealand, Reunion,
Panama, Venezuela, Taiwan, Bangladesh, Philippines, Turkey and Malta. The significant development
in the expansion of export is the strengthening of India’s presence in Southeast Asia and USA. These
developments in the marine products export happened despite continuing recession in the
international markets, debt crisis in European Union (EU) economies, continuing antidumping duty
in US and the sluggish growth in US economy and political instability in the Arab world. The
increased production and productivity of shrimps, Littopenaeus vannamei (white leg shrimp) and
Penaeus monodon (black tiger shrimp) and better price realization of major items like cuttlefish,
shrimp and squid helped realizing a higher export turnover.
Table 2-5 and Figure 2-4 & 5 provide a glimpse of the trend in exports from 1961-62 to 2013-14.
Table 2-5: Fish Export from India (1961-62 to 2013-14)
Year Quantity Value (Rs.in Average annual growth rate (%)

(tonnes) crore) Quantity Value
1961-62 15 732 3.92 -21.30 -15.52
1962-63 11 161 4.20 -29.30 7.14
1963-64 19 057 6.09 70.75 45.00
1964-65 21 122 7.14 10.84 17.24
1965-66 15 295 7.06 -1.59 -1.12

Kolkata August 2015
1966-67 21 116 17.37 38.06 146.03

1967-68 21 907 19.72 3.75 13.53
1968-69 26 811 34.70 22.39 25.25
1969-70 31 695 33.46 18.22 35.47
1970-71 35 883 35.07 13.21 4.81
1971-72 35 523 44.55 -1.00 27.03
1972-73 28 903 59.72 9.51 34.05
1973-74 52 279 89.51 34.38 49.88
1974-75 45 099 68.41 -13.73 -23.57
1975-76 54 463 124.53 20.76 82.03
1976-77 66 750 189.12 22.56 51.87
1977-78 56 967 180.12 -14.66 -4.76
1978-79 86 894 234.62 52.53 30.26
1979-80 86 401 248.82 -0.57 6.05
1980-81 75 591 234.84 -12.51 -5.62
1981-82 70 105 286.01 -7.26 21.79
1982-83 78 175 361.36 11.51 26.35
1983-84 92 187 373.02 17.92 3.23
1984-85 86 187 384.29 -6.51 3.02
1985-86 83 651 398.00 -2.94 3.57
1986-87 85 843 460.67 2.62 15.75
1987-88 97 179 531.20 13.21 15.31
1988-89 99 777 597.85 2.67 12.55
1989-90 110 843 634.99 11.09 6.21
1990-91 137 667 856.00 24.20 34.81
1991-92 169 875 1 311.60 23.40 53.22
1992-93 206 673 1 713.70 21.66 30.66
1993-94 242 505 2 461.00 17.34 43.61
1994-95 307 337 3 575.30 26.73 45.28
1995-96 296 277 3 450.10 -3.60 -3.50
1996-97 378 198 4 077.60 27.65 18.19
1997-98 385 818 4 649.70 2.01 14.03
1998-99 302 934 4 626.87 -21.48 -0.49
1999-00 343 031 5 116.67 13.24 10.59
2000-01 440 473 6 443.89 28.41 25.49
2001-02 424 470 5 957.05 -3.63 -7.56
2002-03 467 297 6 881.31 10.09 15.52
2003-04 412 017 6 091.95 -11.83 -11.47
2004-05 461 329 6 646.55 11.97 9.10
2005-06 512 163 7 245.73 11.01 9.01
2006-07 612 643 8 363.52 19.62 15.43
2007-08 541 701 7 620.93 -11.58 -8.88
2008-09 602 834 8 607.95 11.29 12.95
2009-10 678 436 10 048.53 12.54 16.74
2010-11 813 091 12 901.46 19.85 28.39
2011-12 862 021 16 597.24 6.01 28.65
2012-13 928 214 18 856.26 7.68 13.61
2013-14 983 756 30 213.27 5.99 60.23
Source: Marine Products Export Development Authority (MPEDA), Kochi

Export demand of the country is placed at 8 to 10% of the total fish production in India. In a recent
study conducted by ASSOCHAM on the seafood market, it was said that the seafood exports that
totalled US $ 2.15 billion in 2010-11 are likely to touch US $ 4.7 billion by 2013-14 which has far
exceeded. In order to meet EU regulations, massive centrally sponsored schemes have been initiated
to provide infrastructure at fishery harbours and landing centres to improve fresh fish handling and
provide sanitation and other assistance for quality processing of fisheries produce. Foreign equity is
permitted in fish processing sector. Fish processing projects with a minimum of 20% value-addition
can be set up as 100% Export Oriented Units (EOUs). All items can be exported freely except for
Silver pomfrets of weight less than 300 gm.

Kolkata August 2015
Fish Export from India (1980-2013)

3500000
3000000
2500000
2000000
1500000 Quantity (tonne)

Value (Rs.lakhs)
1000000
500000
1999-2000
1980-81
1981-82
1982-83
1983-84
1984-85
1985-86
1986-87
1987-88
1988-89
1989-90
1990-91
1991-92
1992-93
1993-94
1994-95
1995-96
1996-97
1997-98
1998-99
2000-01
2001-02
2002-03
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
2013-14
Figure 2-4: Marine fish export from India
Fish Export Trend in India (1981-2013)

70.00
60.00
50.00
40.00
30.00
Quantity
20.00
Value
10.00
0.00
1999-2000
1981-82
1982-83
1983-84
1984-85
1985-86
1986-87
1987-88
1988-89
1989-90
1990-91
1991-92
1992-93
1993-94
1994-95
1995-96
1996-97
1997-98
1998-99
2000-01
2001-02
2002-03
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
2013-14
-10.00
-20.00
-30.00
Figure 2-5: Fish export trend in India
Establishments connected with marine products export (as registered with MPEDA, 1996), include
625 exporters (380 manufacturer-exporters and 240 merchant-exporters), 376 freezing plants, 13
canning plants, 4 in the agar-agar (marine algae) industry, 149 ice plants, 15 fish meal plants, 903
shrimp peeling plants, 451 cold storage units, and 3 chitosan/chitin plants, with 95% of the seafood
processing units concentrated in 20 major clusters in 9 States. The total installed freezing capacity is
7 500 tons per day, and the commercial production is mostly export oriented.

Kolkata August 2015
2.7 Fish Catch Utilisation
Of the total fish production in the country, over 80% of the fish catch is marketed as fresh or chilled
and forms a staple food in the coastal and inland areas while 6% goes for drying and curing. Frozen
fish production accounts for about 7%, while 6% is reduced to fish meal, and one percent used for
other purposes. The fish canning industry utilises less than one percent of the total catch. Pelagic
and mid-water species contributed 51.6% of the total fish landings. Although contributing only 10%
of the total marine landings, shrimp is still the most important commercial variety due to its export
potential.
2.8 Fish Consumption in India
According to the National Sample Survey Organisation (NSSO), the annual per capita fish
consumption was 2.45 kg in 1983; it increased to 3.45 kg in 1999-2000. Only 35% population in India
was estimated to be fish eater and their annual per capita fish consumption was 9.8 kg in 1999-2000.
The lower fish consumption is also on account of restricted food habits.
2.9 Fish Processing Industry in India
The seafood processing units are concentrated in 20 major clusters in nine maritime States. The
country has an installed processing capacity of 18 520 tonne/day spread over 447 state-of-the-art
processing establishments, of which 60% are EU approved plants qualified for export to EU member
countries. Value-added products of different descriptions are slowly becoming popular as
‘convenience food’ in the wake of changing life styles. Though basically aimed at the export market,
these also have promising potential in the domestic market. The range of products currently
processed includes frozen shrimp, cephalopods, and varieties of finfish while value-added products
include extruded products, battered and breaded products, surimi and derivatives, pickles and
curried products in retortable pouches.
2.10 Targets for Fisheries Development during Twelfth Five-Year Plan (2012-17)
The programmes for development of marine fisheries as envisaged in different Five-Year Plans
include: (i) intensive surveys, particularly of EEZ, on marine fishery resource assessment, (ii)
optimum exploitation of marine resources through a judicious mix of traditional country boats,
mechanized boats and deep-sea fishing vessels, (iii) providing adequate landing and berthing
facilities to fishing vessels by completing the ongoing construction of major and minor fishing
harbours, (iv) intensifying efforts on processing, storage and transportation, (v) improving
marketing, particularly in the cooperative sector, and (vi) tapping the vast potential for export of
marine products.
Up to Eleventh Five-year Plan, the major development included construction of 70 minor fishery
harbours and 263 fish landing centres apart from seven major fishery harbours, viz., Sassoon Dock,
Kochi, Chennai, Visakhapatnam, Roychowk, Petuaghat and Paradip. They provide landing and
berthing facilities to fishing crafts. According to Marine Fisheries Census, 2010, there were 1 99 141
fishing craft of which 72 749 mechanized boats, 73 410 motorized crafts and 52 982 were traditional

Kolkata August 2015
non-mechanized crafts in India. The Government also provides subsidy to poor fishermen for
motorizing their traditional craft. Improved beach landing crafts are also being supplied to groups of
fishermen. A scheme of reimbursing central excise duty on HSD oil used in fishing vessels below 20
m length is also in operation to help the small fishermen to reduce their operational cost. About
18000 such vessels are being benefited per annum under this programme for the last few years.
Marine capture fisheries production reached new heights by the end of Eighth Five-year Plan and
then declined during the Ninth Five-Year Plan. In the Tenth and Eleventh Plan periods, marine
production registered a steady growth and it is expected that this growth would continue in the
Twelfth Plan period also, albeit with appropriate incentives and a set of checks and balances. It is
expected that during the Twelfth Five-Year Plan, marine fisheries will grow at 2.0% annually. With
the growth rate of 2.0% annually, it is estimated that 3.669 million tonnes of fish would be harvested
at the end of Twelfth Five-Year Plan (2016-17). With this production, the country will be exploiting
about 83% of its potential harvest of 4.42 million tonnes.
While inland fisheries have grown in absolute terms, the rate of growth in terms of potential is not
yet achieved. Keeping in mind the recent developments and trends in production during the past
Plan periods, it is expected that a growth rate of 8.0% can be achieved by the inland sector. With this
growth rate, it is estimated to reach a fish production target of 7.91 million tonnes by the end of the
Twelfth Plan Period (2016-17).
With the scenarios for inland and marine fisheries described in the foregoing paragraphs, the total
fish production during the Twelfth Five-Year Plan is likely to grow around 6% on an average per
annum. Given the growth rate of population, such a growth rate in fisheries will ensure the scope of
increasing nation’s footprints in the international market while meeting the domestic demand. The
increased production would lead to the availability of fish at cheaper prices. Table 2-6 and Table 2-7
below provide snapshots of the past performance and projections for the Twelfth five-Year Plan
period.
Table 2-6: Past Performance of the Indian Fisheries Sector
Production at the end of the Average Annual Growth Rate

Plan Period period (000 tonnes) during the Plan (%)
VII (1985-90) 2 275 1 402 3 677 6.49 4.92 5.75
VIII (1992-97) 2 967 2 381 5 348 3.98 6.87 5.18
IX (1997-2002) 2 380 3 126 5 506 -0.83 5.65 2.23
X (2002-07) 3 024 3 845 6 869 1.44 4.25 2.92
XI (2007-12)
2007-08 2 920 4 207 7 127 -3.44 9.41 3.76
2008-09 2 978 4 636 7 616 1.99 10.24 6.80
2009-10 3 104 4 894 7 998 4.23 5.52 5.02
2010-11 3 250 4 981 8 231 4.70 1.78 2.91
2011-12 3 372 5 294 8 666 3.75 6.28 5.28

Kolkata August 2015
Table 2-7: Projections for Twelfth Five-Year Plan (2012-17)
Production at the end of the period Average Annual Growth Rate

Plan Period (000 tonnes) during the Plan (%)
2012-13 (actual) 3 321 5 719 9 040 -1.51 8.03 4.32
2013-14 (provisional) 3 443 6 136 9 579 3.67 7.29 5.96
2014-15 3 526 6 781 10 307 2.0 8.0 5.87
2015-16 3 597 7 324 10 920 2.0 8.0 5.95
2016-17 3 669 7 910 11 579 2.0 8.0 6.02
India’s future fisheries development plans are aimed at increasing fish production, improving the
welfare of fishers, promoting exports and providing food security. The per capita availability and
consumption of fish is to be increased to a level of 11 kg per annum for the fish eating population
and production has to be increased proportionately. Aquaculture is recognized as an important way
to meet future demands. A number of schemes have been instituted by State and Central sectors to
increase brackish water aquaculture and fish production from tanks and ponds, lakes, reservoirs and
rivers. The private sector has emerged as a major player in brackish water aquaculture, particularly
in shrimp farming.
During the Twelfth Five-Year Plan, new initiatives for development of fisheries are planned to
increase production and productivity from deep seas, inland capture fishery resources like rivers,
canals etc., and from culture sources like reservoirs, beels, ox-bow lakes, measures for
replenishment of fishery resources through mariculture etc. Besides, development of infrastructural
facilities for a better post-harvest management, technology for sustainable aquaculture, setting up
of cold storage and marketing network through viable fishermen cooperatives, etc., are planned to
ensure better livelihood for fishers and enhance export promotion for economic development of the
country.

Kolkata August 2015
3
OVERVIEW OF FISHERY SECTOR AT
MAHARASHTRA STATE LEVEL
3.1 General
Maharashtra is the third largest State in the country in terms of land area (307 713 sq.km) after
Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh. It is bordered by the States of Madhya Pradesh to the north,
Chattisgarh to the east, Andhra Pradesh to the southeast, Karnataka to the south, and Goa to the
southwest. The State of Gujarat lies to the northwest, with Union Territories of Dadra and Nagar
Haveli sandwiched in between. The Arabian Sea is on the west side making 720 km long Maharashtra
coast that extends from Dahanu and Bordi in the north to Goa in the south (see Figure 3-1).
Figure 3-1: India map showing Maharashtra State
Maharashtra State is divided into 35 districts which are further grouped into six divisions viz.,
Aurangabad, Amravati, Kokan, Nagpur, Nashik and Pune. Of the 35 districts, Thane, Mumbai, Raigad,
Ratnagiri and Sindhudurg come under the Kokan (coastal) region.

Kolkata August 2015
The coastal geo-morphology is indented by a number of estuaries, creeks and bays with rocky cliffs,
promontories and sandy beaches in-between. To the east of the Ghats lies the flat Deccan Plateau.
The plateau is composed of black basalt soil. The narrow coastal plain, barely 30 km wide, lies
between the Western Ghats in the east and the Arabian Sea to the west. The Western Ghats also
known as “Sahyadri” hill range run parallel to the coast, at an average height of 1 200 m (4 000 ft.).
To the west of these hills lie the Kokan coastal plains. The narrow and broken coastline causes creeks
and inlets penetrate deeply inland which is favourable for naturally protected ports and harbours.
To the north of the State, the rivers Tapi and Narmada flow westwards into the Arabian Sea,
irrigating most of northern Maharashtra. To the north of State near Madhya Pradesh border, lies the
Satpura hill range. The Western Ghats form one of the three watersheds of India, from which the
southern rivers originate. The major rivers viz., Godavari and the Krishna along with tributaries flow
eastwards into the Bay of Bengal, irrigating most of central and eastern Maharashtra. The Ghats are
also the source of numerous small rivers which flow westwards emptying into the Arabian Sea.
3.2 Demography
With a population of 11.24 crore (as per the latest Census 2010) makes Maharashtra the second
most populous State in India after Uttar Pradesh (19.96 crore) accounting for 9.28% of the total
population of the country. The population density of the State is 365 persons per sq.km. Males
constitute 58.24 million and females, 54.13 million of the State’s population. Maharashtra’s urban
population stands at 45.22%. Its sex ratio is 929 females to 1 000 males. 82.34% of its population is
literate, broken into 88.4% males and 69.9% females. Its population growth rate between Census
2001 and 2010 was 16.11%. Marathi is the State official language. Also Marathi is spoken by a vast
majority of its populace. However, in the northwest portion of Maharashtra, Gujarati is spoken by a
minority. In Mumbai however, due to its cosmopolitan nature, Hindi, Gujarati and English, along
with a variety of other languages are widely spoken in addition to Marathi. The State has a Hindu
majority (80.3%) with minorities of Muslims (10.6%), Buddhists (6%) and Christians (1.3%).
3.3 Fishery Resources of Maharashtra
Compared to other States of India, Maharashtra offers an excellent opportunity in the fisheries
sector because of its vast natural resources. A long coast line of 720 km (9% of Indian coast) with a
continental shelf area of 111 512 sq.km, 3.48 lakh ha inland water bodies, 16 000 km long rivers and
canals, 2.79 lakh ha reservoirs, 0.59 lakh ha tanks and ponds and 10 000 ha of brackish water area
form the major natural resources for the development of fisheries in Maharashtra. The annual
marine fishery potential of the State in the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) is estimated at 6.5 lakh
tonne (Ministry of Agriculture, 1993) while long term potential yield (LTPY) based on the maximum
annual landings up to 90 m depth is estimated at 5.2 lakh tonne (CMFRI, 2010).
Fisheries has always been an integral part of agricultural activities in Maharashtra. The share of
fisheries in gross state domestic product (GSDP) of agriculture & allied activities sector during 2011-
121 was 0.5 per cent. However, of late, there is decline in fisheries sector due to which fisheries
sector is likely to show a negative growth of 0.2%, ultimately restraining growth of
agriculture and allied activities sector at -2.1%.
Of the total State population of 1 124 lakh, the fishermen population in marine fishery sector is 3.86
lakh (around 0.3% of the total population) of which 76 345 are active fishermen, 62 614 are full-time
and 11 414 part-time fishermen. Fishermen households are 81 492. The maximum number of
1
Economic Survey of Maharashtra 2012-13

Kolkata August 2015
families are in Thane district (26 821), followed by Raigad district (24 026). Besides this, over 133 673
people are engaged in fish-drying and curing, net making etc. Fishermen population in the inland
sector is 171 937 of which full time are 25 378 and part-time 34 842. Thus, the direct and indirect
employment provided by the fishery industry in the State is to the tune of 6.0 lakh. The natural
fisheries resource potential of the State enriches its economy by generating employment for the
rural mass. With regard to education, 68% of fisherfolk are educated with different levels of
education. 30% of the fishermen possessed primary education, 31% secondary level and 7% above
secondary level education. About 33% of the fishermen have no formal education. 99% of the fisher
folk in Greater Mumbai have got formal education while in Thane district, it is 66%. About 86% of
the fishermen families belong to Hindu religion followed by Muslims (8%) and Christians (7%).
The opportunity for creation of large number of jobs in fisheries sector is second only to agriculture
sector which includes transportation and marketing of fish and fishery products, fish pre-processing
and processing industry, cold storage chain, boat building and repair, net making/mending, boat
repair shop and related activities. The average consumption of fish, which forms one of the rich
sources for supply of animal protein to the local population, stands around 3 to 5 kg of fish in the
urban area and less than 1 kg in rural area. Maharashtra is one of the States where traditional fishing
communities have greatly benefited by establishment and effective functioning of fishery
cooperatives that play an important role in all the fishery activities viz., fish catching, chilling,
processing and marketing.
The State has a total of 456 fishing villages/hamlets and 152 fishery centres. According to Marine
Fisheries Census 2010, the total fishing fleet of the State stood at 17 362 of which 13 016 are
mechanised fishing vessels (MFVs) and 1 563 motorized and 2 783 traditional non-mechanized
boats. The fishing boats are generally categorized into the fleets of (i) traditional crafts of smaller
size <12 m OAL) employed for passive gear fishing in coastal waters, a large number of which are
encouraged under the Five-Year Plan schemes to install outboard motors and (ii) the larger
mechanized boats (12 to 18 m OAL) undertaking predominantly active gear fishing activity,
commonly trawling. There has also been a rapid increase in the number of mechanized boats both in
the cooperative and private sector but gradual decrease of traditional non-mechanized craft (see
Table 3-1.
Table 3-1: Growth of fishing boats in Maharashtra
No. of No. of non- No. of No. of non-

Year mechanised mechanised Total Year mechanised mechanised Total
boats boats boats boats
1960-61 1 338 7 662 9 000 1999-00 9 621 9 949 19 570
1970-71 2 320 7 357 9 677 2000-01 10 906 9 972 20 878
1980-81 3 967 8 929 12 896 2001-02 10 733 9 989 20 722
1990-91 7 141 8 841 15 982 2002-03 11 589 10 289 21 878
1991-92 7 486 9 304 16 790 2003-04 11 624 10 698 22 322
1992-93 7 771 9 754 17 525 2004-05 12 932 8 586 21 518
1993-94 7 930 9 988 17 918 2005-06 13 053 10 455 23 508
1994-95 8 494 9 474 17 968 2006-07 11 798 10 895 22 693
1995-96 8 552 9 484 18 036 2007-08 12 154 2 292 14 446
1996-97 8 602 9 536 18 138 2008-09 13 000 1 563 14 563
1997-98 8 751 9 680 18 431 2009-10 13 016 4 346 17 362
1998-99 8 928 9 906 18 834
The growth trend of fishing boats (see Figure 3-2) shows that the number of fishing boats reached its
peak in 2005-06 and thereafter on the decrease linked to fall in marine fish production.

Kolkata August 2015
Growth of fishing boats in Maharashtra

25000
20000
15000
Mechanized fishing boats

10000 Non-mechanized boats
Total
5000
0
1999-2000
1960-61
1970-71
1980-81
1990-91
1991-92
1992-93
1993-94
1994-95
1995-96
1996-97
1997-98
1998-99
2000-01
2001-02
2002-03
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
Figure 3-2: Growth of fishing boats in Maharashtra
3.4 Fishing Gear
Owing to multi-species nature of the fishery resources, the marine fisheries of the State are typically
recognized by the gears rather than species, excepting for Bombay duck which is characteristic of the
northwest coast of the country. The major traditional fisheries in Maharashtra are bag net (dol net),
drift gill net (Tarti or Daldi), bottom set gill net (Budi), long line (Khanda) and shore seine (Rampani).
In addition, there are variants of these nets and a multitude of local indigenous gears and
contrivances which are used in inshore and nearshore waters.
With rapid mechanization that commenced in late 1960, trawling has emerged as the dominant
fishing practice with capital cost provided by institutional and government support mainly from
National Cooperative Development Corporation (NCDC). Trawling targets shrimps, cephalopods and
demersal fin fishes that cater to the processing and export industries. The traditional dol net and gill
net fisheries are well organized by the cooperatives and undergone massive mechanization and
motorization, as a result, major fish landings in the State are contributed by the mechanized and
motorized sector and barely 1-2% by the traditional non-mechanized fisheries. The
traditional/artisanal fishing practiced in inshore areas of the State is unorganized and largely
marginalized like subsistence level fishing. In the past decade, purse seine fishery has gained
prominence in the State owing to increased abundance of Mackerel and Oil sardine, but at the same
time, shore seine and long line fisheries though supported by the cooperatives, have significantly
declined and marginalized.

Kolkata August 2015
Trawlers (43%), bag (dole) netters (31%), purse seiners and gill netters (23%) are the main crafts of
mechanized fishing vessels. Dole netters are predominantly operating in Thane, Greater Mumbai
and Raigad districts, Trawlers in Greater Mumbai and gill netters are spread over all the districts and
motorized boats are operating in large numbers in Sindhudurg, Raigad and Greater Mumbai districts.
In the traditional Koli fishing community of Maharashtra, fishing is a family-based occupation, where
fishermen and women play significant roles. Fishing is carried out for almost 10 months in a year
(mid-August to mid-May), excepting fishing ban imposed by the Fisheries Department of
Maharashtra for 47 days from June 15-July 31. The full moon day of Shravan month of Hindu
calendar (normally in the month of August) is celebrated with characteristic fervour in different parts
of Maharashtra and is known by different names such as narali purnima, shravani purnima. Naral in
Marathi means coconut and narali purnima is thus called because offerings of coconut are made by
the fisherfolk to the sea-god on this auspicious day to appease the sea-god before sailing their newly
painted boats for fishing.
3.5 Fish Production in Maharashtra
Maharashtra is the fifth largest fish producing States in the country only next to Andhra Pradesh,
West Bengal, Gujarat and Kerala. Among all the maritime States, Maharashtra accounts for a
significant share insofar as marine fish production in the country is concerned and stands as the
third largest marine fish producer only next to Gujarat and Kerala. The annual fish landings valued at
about Rs.2 322 crore contributed 0.5% to the State GDP. Fresh water and brackish water fishery is
now encouraged. Brackish water aquaculture is also an important source with an area of about 1445
ha for culture of high market value species like Shrimp, Crab and fin fish.
The State is endowed with rich fish and crustacean fauna comprising Seer fish, Pomfret, Pink Perch,
Shrimp, Prawn, Squid, Lobster, Ribbon fish, Bombay duck etc., which are of exportable varieties.
There are as many as 40 varieties of commercial fish harvested in Maharashtra and the important
ones are listed in Table 3-2 along with their scientific, common English and local names in Marathi.
Table 3-2: Fish varieties harvested in Maharashtra
Sl.
Scientific group name Common English name Marathi name
No.
1 Elasmobranches Shark, Rays Mushi & Pakat
2 Eels Eels Wam
3 Cat fishes Cat fish Shingala
4 Chirocentrus Silver Bar, Wolf Heming Karli, Datali
5 Sardinella longiceps Sardines & Oil Sardines Pedwa, Pedi & Tarli
6 Hilsa Illisha/Toli Hilsa Shad and Giant Herrings Palla & Bhing
7 Anchoviella Golden Anchovies Mandelli
8 Thrissocles Mustached anchovy Kati
9 Other Clupeids White Sardines Bhijli, Khavali, Paturdi
10 Harpodon nehereus Bombay duck Bombil
11 Perches Groupers Karkara, Khajure, Gobra

Kolkata August 2015
12 Red Snapper Red Snapper Tamb

13 Polynomids Threadfin Dadha & Rawas
14 Sciaenids Jew fish & Dori Ghol & Koth
15 Ribbon fishes Ribbon fish Bala & Wakti
16 Otolith sp. Croaker Dhome, Dhodi
17 Caranx Horse Mackerel Kharba bangada
18 Pomfrets Pomfret Saranga
19 Black Pomfrets Black Pomfrets Halwa
20 Rastrelliger kanagurta Indian Mackerel Bangada
21 Seer fishes Seer fish Surmai, Towar
22 Tunnies tuna Gedar, Kupa
23 Bregmaceros Mccelellendii Unicorn cod Tendali
24 Soles Soles Lep, Bhakas
25 Leiognathus Pony fish Khapi
26 Carangids Other Carangids Kokari, Toki
27 Upeneids sp. Goat fish Chirati, Rane
28 Peneid Prawns Prawn Kolambi
29 Non-Peneid Prawns Shrimp Jawala, Karand
30 Lobster Lobster Showand
31 Lacterius Big-jawed jumper Soundala
32 Cephalopod Cuttle fish, Squid Mhakul
Among the fish varieties, Shrimp, Prawns, Ribbon fish, Otolithes, Pomfrets, Anchoviella, Mackerel
and Cat fish put together account for over 70% share in total fish production of Maharashtra.
Maharashtra and Gujarat are the major contributors of Bombay duck and Ribbon fish production,
together producing over 86% of the all India production. They are caught in dole net which is
essentially a bag net of conical shape. Bombay duck is available in plenty mainly in north
Maharashtra coast which is consumed in dried form (see Figure 3-3 below).
Figure 3-3: Bombay duck being dried on hanging lines at the open sandy shores of Maharashtra
Next is Sardine and Mackerel caught mostly in Ratnagiri coast of South Maharashtra. The gold-
spotted Anchovy is an important component along Maharashtra coast. Threadfins occur along the
fishing grounds off Gujarat and Maharashtra. Two of the species, Otolithoides biauritus (Bronze
croaker) and Protonibea diacanthus (Spotted croaker) contribute substantially to the sciaenid fishery
in the north-western region of Arabian Sea in Maharashtra and Gujarat. These fisheries are very
popular by the name of Koth and Ghol in Marathi language. The larger sciaenids are filleted and

Kolkata August 2015
processed for local and export markets whereas smaller sciaenids are sold in fresh conditions at local
markets. Very small juveniles are used for making fish meal. Bregmaceros mcclellendii also known as
Unicorn cod supports seasonal fishing mainly around Mumbai and Gujarat.
The State produces roughly 6% of the total annual fish production of the country. The fish
production of the State is mainly by capture fisheries. Maharashtra accounts for significant share so
far as marine fish production in the country is concerned. After independence in 1947, the marine
fisheries in Maharashtra was encouraged but the increased fishing efforts were mostly concentrated
in inshore areas leading to catch decline. However, from early 1960s, owing to the programme of
motorization and mechanization of fishing craft in Maharashtra, marine fish catches increased
steadily due to extension of capture fisheries to offshore regions. Marine fish production in
Maharashtra achieved an all-time high of 4.8 lakh tonne in the year 1996-97 (see Table 3-3 and
Figure 3-4 below).
Table 3-3: Marine fish production in Maharashtra
Marine fish Marine fish

Year production Year production
(in ‘000 tonne) (in ‘000 tonne)
1989-90 393.00 2002-03 386.68
1990-91 325.00 2003-04 420.08
1991-92 344.54 2004-05 417.85
1992-93 419.58 2005-06 445.34
1993-94 353.93 2006-07 464.09
1994-95 332.93 2007-08 419.82
1995-96 423.99 2008-09 395.96
1996-97 480.95 2009-10 415.77
1997-98 453.71 2010-11 446.70
1998-99 394.88 2011-12 433.68
1999-00 397.90 2012-13 448.91
2000-01 402.77 2013-14 (provisional) 467.46
2001-02 414.27
With five coastal districts containing 152 fishery centres, the total marine fish landing in 2012-13, is
nearly 4.49 lakhs tonne i.e., 13.5% of the total marine fish production of the country (33.21 lakh
tonne) coming from 40 fathom depth area. Of the total marine fish catch of the State, about 20% of
the fish is high priced fish meant for export. This includes Shrimp, Prawn, Pomfret and Lobster.
About 7% of the fish caught is medium priced and is either exported or consumed/sold in local
markets. Nearly 73% of the fish caught is low-priced fish and is either sold at a meagre price in the
local markets or dried and then sold. However, during the past few years the marine fish production
in the State seems to have reached a stage of stabilization around 4.5 lakh tonne.
Based on the average marine fish landing figures available during the years from 1999-2000 to 2012-
13, Greater Mumbai and Thane regions alone account for 60% of the total marine fish catch of
Maharashtra and Greater Mumbai excel with a lion share of nearly 40% of the total marine fish
landing. After Greater Mumbai, the other important marine fish catch regions of Maharashtra are
Ratnagiri, Thane, Raigad and Sindhudurg in the decreasing order. Although Greater Mumbai and
Thane account for bulk of the total inland fish catch of Maharashtra, the shares of these regions
have declined marginally over the course of time.

Kolkata August 2015
Marine fish production in Maharashtra (1989-2013)

600.00
500.00
400.00
300.00
200.00 Quantity (in '000 tonne)
100.00
0.00
2013-14 (P)
1999-2000
1989-90
1990-91
1991-92
1992-93
1993-94
1994-95
1995-96
1996-97
1997-98
1998-99
2000-01
2001-02
2002-03
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
Figure 3-4: Marine fish production in Maharashtra
The marine fishery in Maharashtra is facing crisis since late nineties owing to overfishing,
urbanization, domestic and industrial pollution and habitat degradation. Among the commercially
important resources Bombay duck, Silver pomfret, Elasmobranchs and Lobster resources have
declined significantly while vulnerable resources such as Sand lobster (Thenus orientalis), Indian
halibut (Psettodes erumei) and Karakara (Pomadasys hasta) have almost disappeared and thread fin
(Rawas and Dhara) and Jew fish (Ghol) are facing severe depletion. Although landings of penaeid
prawns increased in late 1990s due to extension of trawling grounds to 90 m depth, the species
composition has changed; small sized, low value species of Solenocera and Metapeneopsis are
dominating the prawn landings in recent years which fetch much lower returns to the fishers.
The assessment of stocks of marine fishery resources in Maharashtra shows that decadal
compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of marine fish landings despite increasing annual growth
rate of 3.2% from 1961 to 1990 slowed down to 0.41% during 1991-2000 and recorded negative
growth rate (-4.7%) during past decade (2001-2010). The contribution of the State to total marine
fish landings of India also declined from 19.6% in 1971-80 to 13.5% during 2012-13 and its rank in
the total fish production slipped from 2nd to 5th in the country in 2013.
3.5.1 Resource-wise Profile of Marine Fish Landing
The northern coastal waters along Thane, greater Mumbai and Raigad districts are rich in fish
resources of Bombay duck, Non-penaeid prawns, Golden anchovy, Silver pomfret, Eels, Lobster,
Ribbon fish, Horse mackerel, large sized Croakers (Ghol and Koth) and Threadfins (Rawas and Dhara),
some of which are very characteristic of the region. They are mainly exploited by bag nets, surface
drift and bottom set gill nets, large trammel gill nets introduced recently and hooks and long lines.
The southern coastal waters of Maharashtra along Ratnagiri and Sindhudurg districts abound with
the Mackerel and Sardines in addition to Penaeid prawn, Seer fish, black Pomfret and Cat fish
resources which are caught by shore seines (Rampani), gill nets and hooks and lines.

Kolkata August 2015
Harpodon nehereus commonly known as Bombay duck is the quite abundant species in the State
especially in the northern region. This sustains the dole net fishery which is the predominant fishery
in the region. Dole nets are operated in 9-20 km from the shore at the depths ranging from 20 to 30
m. The fishery begins immediately after the monsoon around September and extends to March,
occasionally to April or May. The peak landings, normally, take place during October-December
period. Thane district accounted for 80 to 90% of the landings in the State, followed by Greater
Mumbai (10-20%), while the other districts contribute only marginal quantities.
Among the crustaceans, non-penaeid prawns are the predominant group mainly contributed by
Acetes spp., followed by Palaemon spp and Hippolysmota tpp. More than 95% of the landings in the
State was accounted by Thane, Greater Mumbai and Ratnagiri Districts out of which the first two
districts alone accounted for more than 70%.
Penaeid prawns are being exploited intensively all along the coast supporting the trawl and dole net
fisheries. The exploitation is mainly concentrated in the depth range of 15-60 m and multiple species
support the fishery. The more dominant and common ones are Parapenaeopsis stylifera,
Parapenaeopsis hardwickii, Parapenaeopsis sculptilis, Metapenaeus affinis, Metapenaeus
tnonoceros and Solenocera crassicornis.
The landings of Croakers in the State are mainly composed of Otolithus spp though many other
species such as Johanius etc., are also caught. The districts of Greater Mumbai and Ratnagiri
together accounted for about 79% of Croaker landings in the state, with Greater Mumbai alone
accounting for 49%. The landings of Pomfrets is one of the most important commercially exploited
fishes. About two third of the Pomfret landings in the State was accounted by the Thane district
followed by Greater Mumbai, Ratnagiri and Raigad.
The Cat fishes are mainly caught in gill nets, trawl nets and hook and lines. Tachysurus thalassinus, T.
dussumieri, T. sona and T. tenuispinis are some of species that dominate the Cat fish landings. The
catches by mechanized crafts are mainly from dole nets, trawl nets, gill nets and hooks and lines.
Purse seines are also operated along the Ratnagiri coast mainly aimed at pelagic fishes like Mackerel
and Oil sardine.
3.6 Fishing Zones in Maharashtra
For the purpose of accounting for the total marine fish production in Maharashtra, the State is
divided into 26 zones under the five coastal districts as given in Table 3-4 below.
Table 3-4: District-wise Fishing Zones in Maharashtra
Thane Greater Mumbai Raigad Ratnagiri Sindhudurg

Zone1: Dahanu Zone 7: Manori Zone 11: Mora-Karanja Zone 17: Dabhol Zone 21: Anandwadi
Zone 2: Pokhran-Dandi Zone 8: Versova Zone 12: Alibag Zone 18: Burondi Zone 22: Deogad
Zone 3: Satpati Zone 9: Mumbai Zone 13: Revdanda Zone 19: Mirkarwada Zone 23: Makrebag
Zone 4: Kelwa Zone 10: Ferry wharf Zone 14: Murud Zone 20: Ratnagiri Zone 24: Malvan
Zone 5: Vasai Zone 15: Shrivardhan Zone 25: Vengurla
Zone 6: Uttan Zone 16: Jeevana

Kolkata August 2015
3.7 Marine Fish Exports from Maharashtra
The marine fishery sector in Maharashtra has achieved significant progress from the year 1995-96
onwards due to the increase in the mechanization of traditional fishing craft, trawlers and use of
improved fishing gear. This has significantly led to an increase in the exportable varieties of marine
fish such as Shrimp, Ribbon fish, Cat fish etc. Maharashtra has a share of 14% value and 27%
quantity in India’s export of fish and fishery products. The total export of marine products from the
State was 83 011 tonne during 1999-2000, which has increased to 146 037 tonne during year 2012-
13 earning foreign exchange worth Rs.2 723.57 crore (see Table 3-5 and Figure 3-5 below).
Table 3-5: Export of marine products from Maharashtra
Quantity Value
Year
(tonne) (Rs. in crore)
1999-00 83 011 660.81
2000-01 117 815 891.42
2001-02 97 286 784.73
2002-03 112 277 984.26
2003-04 97 460 884.62
2004-05 112 179 1 037.73
2005-06 124 166 1 242.21
2006-07 140 046 1 347.02
2007-08 107 053 1 236.98
2008-09 129 172 1 663.84
2009-10 131 667 2 027.09
2010-11 157 794 2 244.14
2011-12 151 864 2 420.17
2012-13 146 037 2 723.57
Among the ports exporting fish and fish products from the country, Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust
(JNPT), and Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT) from Maharashtra put together took first position at 16.59%
in quantity and third position at 15.30% in terms of value in the 2012-13. To enable exporting of
marine fish and fishery products from the State, there are 36 seafood processing and exporting units
in Maharashtra. Besides, there are 34 freezing plants of 822 tonne capacity, 15 ice plants of 568
tonne capacity, 4 fish-meal plants of 63 tonne capacity, 42 peeling sheds of 562 tonne capacity, 35
cold storages of 22 535 tonne capacity, 4 surumi plants of 170 tonne capacity and fresh chilled fish
handling centres of 11 tonne capacity.
3.8 Fish Marketing
The fish catches brought by the mechanized and traditional craft are immediately sold by auction at
the fish landing sites or on open beaches or by prior contract arrangements. The prawn catches are
collected by the agents appointed by the fish processing plants located at or near the existing fishery
harbours along the coast. Iced fish is transported to the main markets in Mumbai by light
commercial vehicles and trucks. Some fish is also transported by launches as well as by rail to
Mumbai. Road access to the main fish marketing centres in Maharashtra by National/State Highways
and coastal roads is good. For short distances, fish is transported by bicycles and vans.

Kolkata August 2015
Marine fish production from Maharashtra (1999-2013)

300000
250000
200000
150000
Quantity (in tonne)
100000 Value (Rs.lakhs)
50000
Figure 3-5: Export of marine products from Maharashtra
Fish marketing, transportation, storage and processing of finfish and shellfish are mostly handled by
the private sector. The fishing vessel operators have little bargain power in the fish markets, with
most marketing activities being financed by fish traders who also function as a source of informal
credit, providing necessary cash for the fishermen's family needs, especially during the extended
seasonal periods of limited catch and income. This situation has created a strong inter-dependence
between traders and fishing vessel operators which influences market decisions over the latter. The
common constraints of the present fish marketing are lack of adequate infrastructure facilities in the
landing centre and market, unhygienic environment, influence of middlemen, money lending at high
rate etc.
In Mumbai, Sassoon Dock & Bhaucha Dhakka plays a pivotal role in marketing the fish in
Maharashtra. There are other several wholesale markets in the State. The important being
Mirkarwada (Ratnagiri), Pune, Aurangabad, Malvan, Sironcha, Nagpur, Versova and Harne are other
important wholesale markets outside Mumbai.
As on 31st March 2012, there were 3 113 primary fisheries cooperative societies, 37 fisheries
cooperative unions and two federations working in the State. Number of members in these
institutions was 2.8 lakhs with working capital of Rs.139.68 crore. These societies sold fish and fish
products worth Rs.520.04 crore in 2011-12, as against Rs.399.73 crore in 2010-11. The primary
societies are engaged in production, the central societies are concerned with procurement and
supply of inputs and the apex body at the State level looks after management of the different
cooperative societies under them, arranging supply of inputs and procurement of finance for
development in the cooperative sector. All the fisheries cooperative societies including federations
are affiliated to the National Federation of Fishers Cooperatives Ltd. (FISHCOPFED) which is a
national level federation of fisheries cooperatives and the apex institution of Indian Fisheries
Cooperative Movement.

Kolkata August 2015
3.9 Government Fisheries Regulations and Policies
The key legislative Act at the State level is the Maharashtra Marine Fishing Regulation Act (MFRA) of
1981 that provides for protection, regulation, conservation and development of fisheries in
Maharashtra, within territorial waters. The MFRA declares waters up to a depth of 5-10 fathoms as
reserved for fishing only by traditional craft and regulates fishing activity in territorial waters up to
12 nautical miles by mechanized boats. The MFRA provides for penalties to be imposed on fishing
vessels that are found to be in contravention of the MFRA. Fishing beyond territorial waters falls
within the ambit of the central government and is regulated by the Maritime Zones of India Act,
1976.
There are a host of other central legislations that have some bearing or the other on marine fishing.
Some of them are as follows.
1. The Indian Fisheries Act, 1897

2. The Wildlife Protection Act 1972
3. The Wildlife (Protection) Amendment Act, 2002
4. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974
5. The Indian Forests Act, 1927
6. Forest Conservation Act, 1980
7. Forest Conservation Act, amendments, 1988
8. The Marine Products Export Development Authority Act, 1972
9. The Territorial Waters, Continental Shelf, Exclusive Economic Zone and Other Maritime
Zones Act, 1976.
10. The Maritime Zones of India (Regulation of fishing by foreign vessels) Act, 1981
11. The Maritime Zones of India (Regulation of fishing by foreign vessels) Rules, 1982
12. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986
13. The Coastal Regulation Zone Notification, 1991
14. The Trade Unions (Amendment) Act, 2001
15. The Offshore Mineral (Development and regulation) Act, 2002
16. The Merchant Shipping (Amendment) Act, 1998
17. Comprehensive Marine Fishing Policy, November 2004
18. The Coast Guard Act, 1978
19. The Disaster Management Bill, 2005
20. Coastal Aquaculture Authority Act, 2005
21. National Environment Policy, 2006
As the names of the aforementioned Acts/Instruments suggest, they have direct and indirect bearing
on marine fishing activity and fishery harbour infrastructure development. The main objectives of
fisheries regulations and policies have been:

Kolkata August 2015
a) enhancing the production of fish and the productivity of fishermen and the fishing
industry;
b) generating employment and higher income in fisheries sector;
c) improving the socio-economic conditions of traditional fisher folk and fish farmers;
d) augmenting export of marine, brackish and freshwater fin and shellfishes and other
aquatic species;
e) increasing per capita availability and consumption of fish;
f) adopting an integrated approach to fisheries and aquaculture, and
g) conservation of aquatic resources and genetic diversity.
3.10 Fishery Administration
The State Fisheries Department is the nodal agency responsible for formulation of policy,
development and management of programmes and their implementation related to the fisheries
sector. The Commissionerate of Fisheries (COF) located at Mumbai (Taraporewala Aquarium) under
the State Fisheries Department provides direct support for increasing supply from both capture and
culture fisheries. It monitors and promotes improved management of the resources, and actively
promotes the involvement of small-scale and poorer participants in the sector. Its main activities
include construction of fishery harbours/fish landing centres and setting up marketing and
processing infrastructure, technical support, training and extension, subsidies and credit assistance
to fishermen for acquiring fishing equipment, support to fishermen cooperatives, compiling fisheries
statistics, and implementing various welfare measures and activities for the fishers. The COF is also
responsible for enforcing the MFRA at the ground level.
3.11 Government Support for Fisheries Development
Under the constitutional provisions, the maritime States/Union Territories have jurisdiction over the
seawaters within the territorial waters along their coastline, up to 12 nautical miles. Thus the
responsibility of fisheries development, monitoring, management and conservation of the fish stocks
within the territorial waters rests with the maritime States. The area of competence for fisheries
development, management, monitoring, conservation and surveillance beyond the territorial waters
within the Indian EEZ, is that of the Government of India.
During last 30 years, the State has made spectacular achievements in the field of fisheries by way of
not only exploiting all the available water bodies but also by motivating urban, semi-urban and rural
people to take up fisheries as one of the sustainable alternatives to attain economic self-sufficiency.
The government has taken up necessary measures to exploit full potentiality of fisheries sector for
socio-economic growth and employment generation thereby improving quality of life of the people
associated with this sector, especially the backward classes.
Further, the State government has taken up necessary measures for building up fishery
infrastructure facilities like construction of fishery harbours, fish landing centres, installation of ice
plants and diesel outlets, construction of boat building units, establishment of wholesale and retail
markets, fish processing centres, procurement of nets, construction of roads, and so on. Efforts are
on to expand the fish marketing facilities in order to enable the fisher folk to market their fish
produce at a reasonable price.
The Central government has been supplementing and complimenting the efforts of the State
government in the development of fisheries sector. Government of India provides financial

Kolkata August 2015
assistance to the Maharashtra State for different schemes that are initiated through State Fisheries
Department and Fisheries Cooperatives. Apart from these, the Government of India has been
promoting export development through various agencies like Fish Farmers Development Agency
(FFDA), Brackish water Fish Farmers Development Agency (BFDA), National Fisheries Development
Board (NFDB), National Cooperative Development Corporation (NCDC), Rural Infrastructure
Development Fund (RIDF), Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY), National Bank of Agriculture for
Rural Development (NABARD) etc.
3.12 Welfare Programmes for Fishermen
The Central government has introduced several schemes of social security nets to provide support to
vulnerable sections of the fishing community. The welfare programmes presently being carried out
can be broadly divided into two categories: protective and promotional. The former is concerned
with the short-run task of preventing a decline in standards of living and the latter with enhancing
the long-term general living standard by improving the basic capability of the people. There are
many important programmes for the welfare of traditional fishermen viz., Group Accident Insurance
Scheme for active fishermen, Development of Model Fishermen Village, Fishermen insurance, Issue
of identity cards to fishermen etc. Under the programme of Development of Model Fishermen
Villages, basic amenities such as housing, drinking water and community hall are provided to
fishermen.
As far as fishery infrastructure facilities are concerned, the Maharashtra State with the financial
assistance from the Central government has developed fishery harbours at Sassoon Dock, Bhaucha
Dhakka, Mirkarwada (Ratnagiri), Agrao in addition to 35 fish landing centres in the five coastal
districts.
For tapping the marine resources on a scientific basis and improving economic conditions of the
fisher folk, the State government lay emphasis on the following aspects.
 Development of infrastructure facilities such as fishery harbour/fish landing centres with

shore based facilities including ice plants, fish processing and preservation facilities
 Installation of navigation aids (guide lights) at strategic points along the coastline
 Construction of approach roads, community halls and sinking of tube wells in marine
fishing villages.
 Training of marine fishermen in improved fishing methods, use of improved craft and
gears for sustainable fisheries.
 Providing subsidies and arranging loans to the marine fishermen to acquire mechanized
and non-mechanized boats and nets.
 Formation of group of marine fishers including fisherwoman in self-help groups (SHGs) and
providing them with financial assistance in fish marketing, repairing boats and nets.
The micro-finance programme supported by the NABARD for the fisheries sector in the State has
also made rapid strides in recent years.

Kolkata August 2015
4
FISHERY PROFILE OF RAIGAD DISTRICT
4.1 Geography
Raigad, formerly known as Kolaba district, is a coastal district on the west coast situated on the
south western side of Maharashtra State. The district was renamed after Raigad, the fort and former
capital of the Maratha leader Shivaji, which is located in the interior forests of the district, on a west-
facing spur of the Western Ghats. It is slightly elongated in the north-south direction and has long
indented coastline of 240 km with a number of creeks and inlets. The Headquarters of the district is
located at Alibag, a coastal town about 140 km from Mumbai by road. The total geographical area of
the district is 7 152 sq. km (Figure 4-1).
Figure 4-1: District map of Raigad
Raigad district is bounded by Mumbai and Thane districts in the north and Ratnagiri district in the
south. Pune district lies in the east and Satara district to its south-east. To the west side, the district
is bounded by the Arabian Sea.

Kolkata April 2015
The total population of the district according to Census 2011 was estimated at 26.34 lakh which is
19.3% increase from previous Census 2001. The average literacy rate for both male and female was
83%. The district has 1 919 villages, 818 Gram Panchayats, 15 Panchayat Samitis, 11 Municipal
Councils, 15 Taluks and 4 Revenue Divisions. The largest towns in the district include Panvel, Alibag,
Karjat, and Mahad. The biggest city both in area and population is Panvel.
4.2 Fishery Profile at Raigad District Level
Raigad district has a coastline of 240 km and 168 fishing villages covering 40 fishery centres located
along the coast. The total fishermen population of the district has been estimated at 123 574 and
the number of active fishermen has been reckoned at 29 880. The background information covering
the existing status of the marine fishery industry in Raigad district is furnished in the following Table
4-1.
Table 4-1: General information on marine fishery industry in Raigad District (2005-06)
Sl.No. Particulars
1 Length of coastline 240 km
2 Fishing villages and population
2.1 Number of fishing villages 168
2.2 Fishery Centres 40
2.3 Fishermen population 123 574
2.4 Active fishermen 29 880
th st
3 Fishing season 15 June to 31 July
4 Actual number of MFVs currently in operation
Mechanized 2 343
Non-mechanized 550
Total 3 143
5 Marine fisheries production 41 984 tonne
4.3 Fishing Season
The fishing season in Raigad district commences around second week of August for all type of fishing
and closes around second week of June, just before the onset of south west monsoon. The peak
months, however, vary for each type of fishing. For instance, August to November and May are
considered peak months for trawling while August to October is considered as peak season for gill
netting. The purse seine boats get maximum fish catches during October and November, the peak
season occurs in two spells for bag netting i.e., September-October and April-May. The traditional
boats which are using gill nets get maximum fish catches during the period from August to
September. Sharks, Skates, Rays, Mackerels, Sardine, Tuna, Seer (Surmai), Pomfret, Karel, Dagol and
Cat fish form the main varieties of fish in the district. Bulk of the fish catch is sent to Mumbai market.
4.4 Fishing Craft in Raigad District
Marine fisheries constitute an important industry in Raigad district and it is an important economic
activity and a source of livelihood to a large number of fishermen in the district. As of 2012-13, there
were 2 893 fishing craft in the district of which 2 343 were mechanized and 550 were non-
mechanized. Figure 4-2 gives the trend of growth rate in the fishing craft of Raigad District in the last
five years from 2008-09 to 2012-13. It may be seen from the graph that between 2008-09 and 2010-
11, the growth rate of mechanised fishing vessels was negligible, in the last two years; the growth
rate of mechanized fishing vessels has risen from 3.5 to 11.7%. On the other hand, the number of
traditional non-mechanized boats has come down from 650 to 550.

Kolkata April 2015
Growth of Fishing Craft in Raigad District

3500
3000
2500
2000 MFVs
1500 Non-MFVs
1000 Total
500
0
2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13
Figure 4-2: Growth of fishing craft in in Raigad District
The mechanized fishing boats operating in the district are small and medium size comprising of 0ne to 6
cylinders. 1 & 2 cylinders are of 7-8 m OAL, 3 & 4 cylinders are of 10-12 m OAL and 6 cylinders are of 16-
18 m. Very recently, some large purse-seiners of 18 m long have come into operation. The range of
investment in these vessels varies between Rs. 5 lakh and 30 lakh. The fishermen of Raigad district own
these boats on individual and family basis. The Govt. of Maharashtra is also providing financial
assistance in the form of subsidy for that group of fishermen who go in for construction of new MFVs
under NCDC scheme. The State Fisheries Department is also providing financial assistance for the
construction of non-mechanized fishing boats. Under this scheme, the fishermen sponsored by the
Fishermen Cooperative Society would be sanctioned loan to construct a boat along with accessories
with bank loan and government subsidy.
4.5 Zone-wise and Fishery Centre-wise Marine Fish Production in Raigad District
Fishing zones 11 to 16 viz., Mora-Karanja, Alibag, Revdanda, Murud, Shrivardhan and Jeevana which
cover a total of 40 fishery centres fall within the jurisdiction of Raigad district. See Table 4-2 below
for the Fishing zone-wise distribution of fishing craft vis-à-vis fish landings for the year 2012-13.
Table 4-2: Fishery Zone-wise Marine Fish Production in Raigad District
Fishing Zone No. Fishing Zone Fish landings (tonnes)
11 Mora-Karanja 870
12 Alibag 10 656
13 Revdanda 5 774
14 Murud 4 416
15 Shrivardhan 9 004
16 Jeevana 11 264
Total Raigad District 41 984
Zone-wise and centre-wise marine fish production for the last five years from 2008-09 to 2012-13 is
given in Table 4-3 below. The project site of Navagoan-Thal fishery centres is covered under Alibag
zone No. 12.

Kolkata April 2015
Table 4-3: Fishing zone-wise and Centre-wise Marine Fish Production in Raigad District
Marine Fish Production (tonne)

Fishing Zone Fishery Centre
2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13
Ulwa Moha 68 85 79 64 70
Dighode 18 23 46 37 45
Kelwane 82 74 137 67 90
Zone No.11: Varodi 56 71 136 99 80
Mora-Karanja Karanja 156 231 467 264 240
Navapada 76 93 121 60 95
Mora 248 240 501 235 250
Zone total 704 817 1487 826 870
Alibag 5116 5690 5612 5129 4206
Thal 2759 3559 3565 3134 2500
Zone No. 12:
Navagaon 3366 4008 4068 3445 2500
Alibag
Agrao 2524 3415 2965 2616 1450
Zone Total 13765 16672 16210 14324 10656
Revas Gadina 614 874 1282 1054 950
Sasawane 495 746 1013 838 750
Varsoli-chalmal 908 1318 1847 1504 1175
Zone No. 13
Sakharaxi 855 1117 1239 1213 950
Revdanda
Theronda 1380 2314 2354 2065 1499
Revdanda 162 338 531 440 450
Zone Total 4414 6707 8266 7114 5774
Salav 246 338 264 245 250
Korlai 2189 1687 1617 1342 1235
Borli-Mandla 315 417 818 540 520
Nhava 64 120 127 128 150
Chorda 77 120 143 177 160
Nandgaon-
Zone No. 14
Majgaon 413 494 448 287 250
Murud
Murud 241 467 763 598 450
Ekdara 135 282 291 180 175
Rajpuri 1192 944 1073 918 896
Khamda 115 140 155 149 140
Agardanda 120 125 170 201 190
Zone Total 5107 5134 5869 4765 4416
Dighi 643 550 975 1240 1250
Vashi 0 120 195 352 360
Kudgaon 141 129 331 408 410
Aadgaon 373 343 747 678 679
Mehndali 79 44 66 91 110
Zone No. 15: Kharsai 0 13 23 43 55
Shrivardhan Pabhare 0 13 24 28 35
Khargaon 0 7 15 24 30
Bhardkhol -
Divegar 3276 3490 4410 5611 5900
Bagmandla 145 130 115 189 175
Zone Total 4657 4839 6901 8664 9004
Jeevana 4158 4780 7657 10823 10814
Zone No. 16: Mulgaon danda 468 486 529 396 450
Jeevana
Zone Total 4626 5266 8186 11219 11264
District total 33273 39435 46919 46912 41984

Kolkata April 2015
The species-wise marine fish production in Raigad district for the last five years from 2008-09 to
2012-13 is summarised in Table 4-4 below.
Table 4-4: Species-wise Marine Fish Production in Raigad District (2008-09 to 2012-13)
Sl. No. Species 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13

1 Elasmobranchs 442 353 629 507 751
2 Eels 57 32 51 4 1640
3 Cat Fishes 922 799 1387 778 945
4 Chirocentrus 193 223 658 219 388
5 Sardines 5172 5249 6870 15860 11356
6 Hilsa Ilisha 125 200 165 194 283
7 Anchoviella 1595 2287 1559 2048 1437
8 Thrissocles 160 361 423 679 773
9 Other Clupeids 4 0 49 12 36
10 Harpodon Neherus 524 557 459 455 962
11 Perches 10 22 3 30 113
12 Red Snapper 3 0 7 5 57
13 Polynomids 79 46 103 233 449
14 Sciaenids 150 43 215 68 181
15 Otolithes sp. 1026 1396 1704 1755 1503
16 Ribbon Fish 789 829 2212 1581 844
17 Caranx 458 438 436 291 189
18 Pomfrets 487 502 724 492 664
19 Black Pomfret 181 293 293 82 82
20 Mackerel 392 651 1026 682 1427
21 Seer Fish 900 904 1482 1233 665
22 Tunnies 174 66 334 719 315
23 Bregamceros Macellendi 395 370 166 378 181
24 Soles 351 371 269 377 252
25 Carangids Small 43 105 90 51 51
26 Leignathus 0 1 0 0 14
27 Upenaides Sp. 0 3 70 16 15
28 Penaeid Prawns 2205 2722 2966 3100 4199
29 Non-Penaeid Prawns 14293 17922 19315 12277 9299
30 Lobsters 56 44 81 49 103
31 Lactarius 52 40 136 70 63
32 Cephalopod 53 117 281 168 83
33 Miscellaneous 1982 2489 2756 2499 2664
Total 33273 39435 46919 46912 41984
It may be seen from the above that Penaeid and Non-Penaeid Prawns accounts for about 32% of the
landings, Sardines 27%, Mackerel and Anchoviella each accounts for 3%, Bombay duck accounts for
about 2.3% total fish landings of the district for the year 2012-13. The marine fish production in the
district has come down by about 10% from 46 912 tonnes in 2011-12 to 41 984 tonnes in 2012-13
mainly due to reduction in Sardines landings by about 4 500 tonnes. . The marine fish production in
Raigad district seems to be hovering around 35 000 to 40 000 tonnes.

Kolkata April 2015
Growth of Marine Fish Production in Raigad District

50000
40000
30000
Marine fish
20000 production (tonne)
10000
0
2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13
Figure 4-3: Growth of marine fish production in Raigad District
4.6 Fish Marketing
Fish landings are generally sold by auction and prawn catches are procured by the processing
companies through their agents who are stationed at the fishery harbour premises and fish landing
centres. According to the Fish Production Reports of Govt.of Maharashtra, about 59% of the total
fish landed in Raigad district is sold in fresh form and 41% is sun-dried and sold in dried form. The
commercially important species of fish being landed in Raigad district are Cat fishes, Sardines,
Anchoviella, Bombay duck, Otolithus sp, Ribbon fish, Bregmaceros sp, Penaeid prawns and non-
Penaeid prawns. Non-penaeid prawns constitute around 39% of the total landings. The fresh fish
merchants procure fish like Mackerel, Sardines, Ribbon fish, Pomfret, Seer and Cat fish and despatch
to places like Mumbai, Goa, Pune and Mangalore in fresh iced condition. The consignments are
mostly sent by refrigerated trucks. A major portion of fresh fish is consumed in Mumbai. Certain
species like Squids, Cuttle fish, Ribbon fish, Perches etc., are frozen and exported to overseas
markets like Taiwan, Korea, Japan, China and Middle East countries. The shipments are effected
from Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust (JNPT) and Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT).
4.7 District Fisheries Administration
The entire responsibility of implementing the various policies and programmes for the development of
fishery sector and welfare of fishermen community vests with the Commissioner of Fisheries (COF),
Mumbai. He is assisted by a host of Senior Officers on technical and administrative matters. As far as the
administration of fisheries at district level is concerned, the Regional Deputy Director of Fisheries,
stationed at Mumbai holds the responsibility. He is assisted by an Assistant Director of Fisheries and a
Fisheries Training Officer. There are other staff like Fisheries Development Officer, Recovery Officer,
Office Superintendent, Assistant Fisheries Development Officer and Licensing Officer who assist the
Assistant Director of Fisheries in performing his duties.

Kolkata April 2015
5
DEVELOPMENT PROPOSAL OF FISHERY HARBOUR
AT NAVAGOAN-THAL
5.1 General
Maharashtra State has 456 fishing villages and 152 fishery centres located all along its 720 km
coastline. However, the number of fishery harbours/fish landing centres available as of now is very
few when compared to its long coastline, number of fishery centres, fishing fleet and the estimated
marine fishery resource potential. The lack of fishery harbour facilities over the years has severely
hampered the growth of fishery development in Maharashtra despite the known existence of higher
level of fishery activities and fishery resource potential.
Over the last two decade, there has been considerable progress in expanding and modernising the
fishing industry in the Maharashtra State. Marketing operations have been streamlined to a large
extent across the State and exports are now better regulated, particularly with regard to certain
types of rare and high value fish. Data and statistics on the fishing industry have been upgraded,
existing fishery harbours are being augmented and new fishery harbours built and equipped with
modern facilities.
5.2 Existing Harbour Infrastructure Facilities in Maharashtra
Today, there are six fishery harbours (five minor and one major) along the Maharashtra coast. The
three minor fishery harbours commissioned are at New Fery Wharf (Bhaucha Dhakka), Mirkarwada
(Ratnagiri stage I and II) and Agrao. Karanja and Arnala fishery harbours are under construction. One
major fishery harbor is already commissioned at Sassoon Dock. Apart from this, there are 36
established fish landing centres of which 35 are commissioned and one is under construction. All
these fishery harbours and fish landing centres were developed under centrally sponsored scheme
of Govt. of India. Of these proposals, Sassoon Dock was developed as a major fishery harbour with
100% financial assistance under the central sector scheme of Ministry of Agriculture (MOA), Govt. of
India. Ratnagiri (Mirkarwada), Agrao and Karanja were taken up as minor fishery harbours under the
centrally sponsored scheme with 50% financial assistance. New Ferry Wharf (Bhaucha Dhakka) in
Mumbai is the other fishery harbour developed by the Mumbai Port Trust with the financial
assistance from the Ministry of Surface Transport (MoST), Govt. of India. Of the commissioned fish
landing centres, some have already become defunct or outlived their expected life span needing
repairs and renovations which are being undertaken with the financial assistance of MOA and
NABARD.
As regards the development of infrastructure facilities such as construction of fishery harbours/fish
landing centres in the State, the Maharashtra Fisheries Department has Maharashtra Maritime
Board assisted by the office of Coastal Engineer located in Mumbai with their Regional Harbour
Engineer offices located in Thane, Navi Mumbai, Ratnagiri and Sindhudurg nagari to execute the
fishery harbour and fish landing centre projects. Further, the Regional Harbour Engineer offices have
been supported by the Assistant Harbour Engineers with their offices located in Waghothan, Malvan,

Kolkata August 2015
Vengurla and Deogad. The organisational set up of the Coastal Engineer comes under the Chief
Engineer, Public Works Department (Special Project), Mumbai with the overall administrative
control exercised by the Special Secretary, Public Works Department of Maharashtra.
On behalf of Ministry of Agriculture, Govt. of India, the Central Institute of Coastal Engineering for
Fishery (CICEF) located at Bangalore is supplementing and complimenting the efforts of State
Fisheries Department in developing the fishery harbours/fish landing centres in the State and
extending necessary technical help in the identification of fishery harbours and fish landing centres,
preparation of techno-economic feasibility reports of the fishery harbours and monitoring the
construction of fishery harbours financed under the centrally sponsored scheme of Govt. of India.
5.3 Navagoan-Thal Fishery Centres
Navagoan-Thal fishery centres located at Lat. 18042’N and Long. 72051’E is 8 km from the nearest
town Alibag which can be reached by road veering left through two asphalt roads at Alibag-Revas
highway (one at Thal phata or junction) and another at Navagoan phata or junction near Rashtriya
Chemicals & Fertilisers Limited (RCFL). See Figure 1-1 of Chapter 1 for location map of Navagoan-
Thal fishery centres. There are local buses run by Maharashtra State Road Transport Corporation
(MSRTC) and private transport operators from Alibag. The nearest railway station is Pen which is at a
distance of 28 km. Alibag Municipal Council has population of 20 743 of which 10 646 are males
while 10 097 are females. Population of Children with age of 0-6 is 1 833 which is 8.84% of total
population of Alibag. Compared to Alibag, the fishermen population of Navagoan-Thal fishery
centres is 5 528 comprising of 2 950 settled in Thal and 2,578 in Navagoan have active fishermen of
1326. Active fishermen are mainly engaged as crew members in fishing boats, net mending and
repairs and marketing of fish.
5.4 Fishing Craft and Gears at Thal-Navagaon
As of now, there are a total of 274 fishing vessels comprising of 254 mechanized boats and 20
traditional non-mechanized craft operating from Navgoan-Thal fishery centres. The distributions of
fishing boats centre-wise are furnished in Table 5-1 below:
Table 5-1: Fishing craft operating from Navagoan-Thal fishery centres
Mechanized craft
Single 2 cylinder 3 cylinder 4 cylinder 6 cylinder Traditional

Fishery engine engine engine engine non- Grand
cylinder
Centre mechanised Total
Total
craft
7.6 m to 8.5 m 8.5 m to 9 m 10 m to 12 m 13 m to 14.5 m
(28-30 ft) OAL (32-40 ft)OAL (43-48 ft) OAL
(25-28 ft) long
Navagoan 17 8 2 14 82 123 0 123
Thal 101 4 0 3 23 131 20 151
Grand Total 254 20 274
Of the 254 mechanized boats, 105 numbers are fitted with 6 cylinders engine power the other 149
numbers are fitted with single cylinder engine to 4 cylinder engines of which single cylinder boats
are maximum (118 numbers). Fishery centre-wise, the mechanized boats of Navagoan and Thal are
more or less equal, but traditional non-mechanised craft are seen operating from Thal fishery centre
only. The overall length of mechanized fishing craft varies from an average of 8 m (single cylinder
engine boat) to 13.5 m (6 cylinder engine boat). Maximum draft requirement of the bigger
mechanized boats (6 cylinders) in fully laden condition is around 1.5 m (5 ft) and the maximum width

Kolkata August 2015
is 4.8 m. See Figure 5-1 for the bigger mechanized boats (4-6 cylinder engine of 10 m to 13 m long)
and smaller size (non-mechanized craft) operating from the fishery centres.
Figure 5-1: Fishing craft operating at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres (mechanized craft on the left, and non-
mechanized craft on the right)
Almost all the mechanized and non-mechanized boats use bag nets and undertake daily fishing in 4
to 16 fathoms except for 18 bigger mechanized boats (locally called as Daldi boats) undertake 5-6
days fishing using gill nets in 30-50 fathoms. Fishing season for the fishing craft conducting daily
fishing is spread from August-September and October-November whereas Daldi boats conduct
fishing throughout the year except fishing ban period.
In the last five years alone, the mechanized fishing vessels have increased from the previous figure
of 199 numbers in 2008-09 to 274 numbers in 2012-13 with an average annual growth rate of 6.9%.
See Table 5-2 and Figure for the growth of mechanized and non-mechanized boats.
Table 5-2: Growth of mechanized and non-mechanized craft at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres
Navagoan Thal Grand Percentage

Year
increase per
Mechanized Non- Total Mechanized Non- Total Total
annum
craft mechanized craft mechanized
2008-09 97 0
craft 97 92 10
craft 102 199 -
2009-10 100 0 100 111 10 121 221 11.05
2010-11 102 0 102 107 10 117 219 -0.50
2011-12 105 0 105 105 15 120 225 2.74
2012-13 110 0 110 110 15 125 235 4.44
2013-14 123 0 123 131 20 151 274 16.60
Average 6.87

Kolkata August 2015
Growth of Fishing Craft at Navagoan-Thal Fishery Centres

250
200
150 Mechanized craft

Non-Mechanized craft
100
Total
50
0
2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13
Figure 5-2: Growth of mechanized and non-mechanized boats at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres
(From 2008-09 to 2012-13)
5.5 Marine Fish Production in Alibag fishing zone

For the purpose of accounting marine fish production, Alibag fishing zone 12 covers four fishery
centres viz., Alibag, Navagoan, Thal and Agrao out of the 40 fishery centres falling within the
jurisdiction of Raigad district. The species-wise marine fish production in this zone for the last four
years from 2008-09 to 2011-12 is given in Table 5-3 below.
Table 5-3: Species-wise marine fish production in Alibag fishing zone 12
Sl. No. Species 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12

1 Elasmobranchs 47 22 37 27
2 Eels 1 2 1 0
3 Cat Fishes 126 85 55 52
4 Chirocentrus 9 19 16 14
5 Sardines 158 194 384 2170
6 Hilsa Ilisha 0 0 0 11
7 Anchoviella 499 584 449 1128
8 Thrissocles 22 95 49 405
9 Other Clupeids 0 0 0 0
10 Harpodon Neherus 85 115 115 161
11 Perches 0 0 0 0
12 Red Snapper 0 0 0 0
13 Polynomids 8 8 17 14
14 Sciaenids 70 4 37 14
15 Otolithes sp. 228 503 525 706
16 Ribbon Fish 291 371 656 642
17 Caranx 14 3 10 5
18 Pomfrets 51 87 116 44
19 Black Pomfret 4 7 18 0
20 Mackerel 4 29 72 101
21 Seer Fish 83 92 107 77
22 Tunnies 12 4 10 24
23 Bregamceros Macellendi 157 239 107 338

Kolkata August 2015
24 Soles 132 90 75 143
25 Carangids Small 0 0 0 1
26 Leignathus 0 0 0 0
27 Upenaides Sp. 0 0 42 0
28 Penaeid Prawns 967 843 929 1125
29 Non-Penaeid Prawns 10303 12684 11681 6659
30 Lobsters 3 7 5 2
31 Lactarius 16 0 0 30
32 Cephalopod 9 43 21 56
33 Miscellaneous 466 542 676 375
Total 13765 16672 16210 14324
The fishing operations are mostly confined to 9-50 fathom depth in coastal areas off Raigad district
ranging from 7 to 12 nautical miles. The commercially important varieties of fish being landed are
Penaeid and Non-Penaeid Prawns, Anchoviella, Ribbon fish, Otolithes, Sardines, Catf fish and
Bombay duck. The fish landed at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres is taken to local market at Alibag and
Mumbai.
5.6 Marine Fish Production at Navagoan-Thal Fishery Centres
The combined marine fish production from Navagoan-Thal fishery centres over the last 4 years is on
an average 6 581 tonne and shows declining trend of 2.95% which may be seen from the figures
given in Table 5-4. As noticed elsewhere at the State and district level, the marine fish production at
the Navagoan-Thal fishery centres has come down from the highest 7 633 tonnes in 2010-11 to
lowest 5 000 tonnes in 2012-13.
Table 5-4: Marine fish production at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres
Year Marine fish production Percentage
2008-09 (in6tonne)
125 increase
2009-10 7 567 23.54
2010-11 7 633 1.27
2011-12 6 579 -13.81

2012-13 5 000 -22.80
Average 6 581 -2.95
5.7 Existing Infrastructure Facilities at Navagoan

A small submerged bund exists at the present navigation channel which
At present, Navagoan fishery centre has the following infrastructure facilities:

1. South training wall of 330 m long rubble mound structure partly built by RCF and partly
extended by Naqwa Mandal (Fishermen community) which has suffered structural damage
due to wave attack. The
2. North training wall of 85 m long rubble mound structure built by Naqwa Mandal

Kolkata August 2015
3. Concrete wharf of 50 m built by Fisheries Dept.

4. Two fuel pumps operated by Fishery Cooperative Societies
5. Six net mending sheds (2 built by Fisheries Dept. & 4 built by Naqwa Mandal)
6. Boat repair
7. Eight open concrete fish drying platforms (4 built by Fisheries Dept. and 4 built by Naqwa
Mandal)
8. Temporary dry fish storage sheds built and operated by local fish merchants
9. Freshwater supply made available by RCFL through MIDC pipeline
10. Electricity
11. Dry fish market at Navagoan village
12. Navedar-Navagoan Boreshwar Sarvodaya Fisheries Cooperative Society
13. Raigad District Fisheries Cooperative Society
14. Two private cooperative banks
5.8 Existing Harbour Infrastructure Facilities at Thal
At present, Thal fishery centre has the following infrastructure facilities:
1. Wharf of 160 m (partly rubble and partly RC) built by Naqwa Mandal
2. 225 m long concrete sloping walkway of 3 m wide for use of traditional craft built by
Maharashtra Maritime Board (MMB) on Thal beach side
3. One net mending shed (built by Thal Gram Panchayat)
4. Four open fish drying platforms (built by Fisheries Dept.)
5. Temporary dry fish storage sheds built and operated by local fish merchants
6. Freshwater supply and overhead water tank
7. Public toilet
8. One fuel pump operated by Thal Fishery Cooperative Society
9. Solar lamps (14 Nos.) donated by ONGC
10. Maharashtra Maritime Board (MMB) office
11. Thal Machimar (Fishermen) Cooperative Society
12. State Bank of India branch
5.9 Problems Faced at the Navagoan-Thal Fishery Centres
5.9.1 Damage to Fishing Boats and RCFL Marine Outfall Pipeline

The RCFL unit at Thal has a buried marine outfall pipeline of 60 cm diameter for the disposal of
treated effluent from the RCF plant into the deep seawaters. The marine outfall pipeline is
approximately 5 km long of which 3.5 km is in taken into the sea cutting across the Thal creek. The
outfall pipeline was laid as per directives from Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB), after a
thorough study and recommendations of National Institute of Oceanography (NIO).
During eighties when the marine outfall pipeline was buried, there was a sand layer of nearly one
feet over the buried steel pipeline with concrete cover, and there was no danger posed for the
buried pipeline due to plying of small size traditional non-mechanized fishing boats operated then.
Over a period of time, due to boat mechanization process, maximum number of traditional non-
mechanized fishing boats have been gradually replaced at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres with
increased number of mechanized boats of four to six cylinder engines whose draft requirement is
much higher than the traditional non-mechanizsed fishing boats (nearly 1.5 m compared to 0.2-0.3m
for traditional non-mechanized boats. With the increase in draft requirement, the concrete coverof

Kolkata August 2015
the marine outfall pipeline has already been damaged by the mechanized boat keels hitting the top
curvature of marine outfall pipeline and the steel pipe remains exposed.
The brushed marks on the exterior steel pipeline are now visible during low waters and this has been
a serious matter that the RCFL is presently facing. Topographic and hydrographic map (Drg.
RCFL/WBFC/1) and Figure 5-3 show the criss-crossing of the marine outfall pipeline alignment at the
creek entrance where the exposed marine outfall pipeline is getting damaged due to hitting of boat
keel.
Figure 5-3: Thal creek entrance where the RCFL marine outfall pipeline cut across the creek
In order to find a permanent solution to the above problem, the RCFL in March 2011 had sought
technical advice from the Central Water and Power Research Station (CWPRS) based at Pune
through conduct of model studies. Thereafter, the CWPRS in their Technical Report No.5138 of
January 2014 have suggested constructing a separate entrance channel for the entry of fishing boats
at a location to the immediate south of the existing Thal creek entrance so that the fishing boats
need not cross or hit the marine outfall pipeline.
The CWPRS proposal consists of two parallel training walls/groynes of 640 m long in flexible rubble
mound structure extending up to 0.0 m contour with 40 m round head portion as shown in Drg
Drg.No. RCFL/ WBFC/6.The clear specing between the two training walls is kept 60 m (from toe
bottom). The width (top) of navigation channel is kept at 40 m. The CWPRS proposal of training walls
with dredged navigation channel is shown in the fishery harbour layout Drg.No. RCFL/ WBFC/6.
RCFL now proposes to carry out the construction of entrance channel with rubble mound training
walls seeking financial assistance under the Centrally Sponsored Scheme of Ministry of Agriculture,
Govt.of India. While carrying out the above work, the RCFL to look after the welfare of the local
fishermen, also intend to improve the harbour infrastructure facilities that are very much lacking at
the existing Navagoan-Thal fishery centres.
5.9.2 Lack of Infrastructure Facilities
5.9.2.1 As of now, the fishery centres at Navagoan-Thal have no fishery harbour infrastructure
facilities except for a dilapidated concrete wharf and few other facilities as pointed out in Paragraph
5.7 above. Due to overcrowding of too many fishing boats, the length of concrete wharf is too small
to accommodate fish landings from the fishing boats and the fishing boats have to land their fish
catches along the Thal creek edge in an unhygienic and dangerous manner. For lack of fish landing
space, the fishing vessels are landing fish on either side of the Thal creek wading through slushy mud

Kolkata August 2015
banks (see Figure 5-4). Therefore, there is need to build additional fish landing jetties at the
Navagoan-Thal fishery centres.
Figure 5-4: Fishing boats anchored in Thal creek for lack of fish landing jetties
5.9.2.2 Thal creek at the Navagoan-Thal fishery centres is narrow and shallow. The water depths
even during normal high waters are hardly 1 to 2 m. This can be seen in Figure 5-5 below where the
fishing boats virtually sit on the creek. Also, there is no past history of dredging undertaken in the
Thal creek. As such, the Thal creek in its entire length from the creek entrance to the concrete
wharves of Navagoan-Thal fishery centres needs to be dredged for the safe manoeuvrability of the
fishing vessels.
Figure 5-5: Fishing boats virtually sitting on the creek bed due to lack of water depths
5.9.2.3 At present, Navagoan fishing village is connected by an asphalt road of 2.5 km from Alibag-
Revas main road, but that there is only a mud road that connects the Navagoan fishery centre up to
the existing concrete wharf by the side of Thal creek where the fish landings takes place. On either
side of this mud road, the dry fish platforms/sandy beds and thatched dry fish storage sheds are
located (see Figure 5-6). The mud road is all the time seen busy plying with all kinds of vehicles and
pedestrians. Therefore, there is need for dust-free asphalt/concrete roads.

Kolkata August 2015
5.9.2.4 Although, quantum of fish landed at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres is quite significant, there
is dearth of fish auction hall, fish loading and parking areas for the fish carrying vehicles. The fishery
centres have no adequate fresh water supply and distribution, sanitation and lighting facilities,
thereby rendering the concrete wharf for limited fish landing activities during day time alone. Due to
lack of sufficient fish landing and berthing facilities at the centre, the fish is being landed in a most
unhygienic manner. Therefore, there is need to have fish handling and auction halls at Navagoan-
Thal fishery centres.
Figure 5-6: Mud roads without drains at the Navagoan fishery centre
Figure 5-7: Temporary sheds put up by local fish merchants at Navagoan (left) & Thal (right) fishery centres
for dry fish marketing
5.9.2.5 As fish is a perishable food commodity, its preservation in hygienic atmosphere is very
important, more so in the case of high value species like prawns. The process for fish preservation
should start immediately after the fish harvest at sea and thereafter arrangements have to be made
for their preservation and transportation to the markets at different places for sale. It is understood
from the local fishing boats operators that even small to medium size mechanized boats conducting
daily fishing carry ice of at least 100 kg and the requirement of Daldi fishing boats conducting fishing
voyages for 5-6 days carry ice of nearly 3 tonne. However, in case of Navagoan-Thal fishery centres,
there are no ice plants and chilled storage facilities and ice is to be brought from faraway places like
Vashi and Panvel. Therefore, there is need for ice plant and chilled storages at Navagoan-Thal fishery
centres which the private sector can build.

Kolkata August 2015
5.9.2.6 Except for a concrete platform available by the side of Thal creek at Navagoan (see Figure 5-
8), there are no other boat repair facilities available at site. In the absence of RC sloping hard, the
fishing boats cannot be pulled on shore for engine and boat hull repairs. Therefore, there is need to
build RC sloping hard and boat repair shop in the adjoining place.
Figure 5-8: Existing concrete platform at Navagoan by the side of Thal creek where boat repairing is undertaken
5.9.2.7 The bulk of the fish (nearly 40-50%) consisting of Penaeid and Non-Penaeid Prawn, Ribbon
fish, Bombay duck, landed at Navagoan-Thal fishery centres is dried. Although, there are few
concrete dry fish platforms built by Fisheries Department and local fishermen community, they are
insufficient for a large fish quantity which is being dried on sand beds in an unhygienic way leading to
contamination of fish (see Figure 5-9). Some of the fishermen use wooden racks and hanging lines for
drying fish especially for Ribbon fish and Bombay duck and cover the other fish dried on sandy beds
with HDPE nets to prevent the birds menace. Therefore, there is need to build more fish drying
platforms including setting up of solar fish driers at the site.
Figure 5-9: Womenfolk engaged in fish drying activities (left) and open sandy beds (right) being used for drying of prawn &
fish varieties

Kolkata August 2015
The above are the major drawbacks of Navagoan-Thal fishery centre, apart from its physical and
operational limitations in terms of freshwater & ice supply, fish hygiene & sanitation, lighting
therefore needing upgradation into a fishery harbour.
5.10 Need for Upgrading Facilities At Navagoan-Thal Fishery Centres to a Fishery Harbour
The need for upgrading the existing Navagoan-Thal fishery centres which has significant fishery
resources in terms of fishing vessels, fish landings and other fishery activities to a fishery harbour is
essential and the reasons/justification for the same are furnished below.
1. Navagoan-Thal are prominent fishery centres in Alibag fishing zone which provide
sustenance to a large number of fisher population. It is seen that presently, there are 254
mechanized fishing craft and 20 traditional boats are operating from these fishery centres.
The mechanized boats are of bigger size majority of them varying from 10-15 m.
2. Fishing business in the State turning to be lucrative, the smaller size boats are now gradually
replaced by bigger ones as in the case of Navagoan-Thal fishery centres demanding for any
fish landing and berthing facilities at par with fishery harbour.
3. Fishing is a livelihood for women folk of Navagoan-Thal fishery centres in addition to the
adjoining villages playing an important role in the value chain and distribution of fish and
fishery products. Large numbers of women participate in the supporting post-harvest
activities like fish sorting, washing, grading of the landed fish, fish drying as well as selling
fish in the local markets.
4. Development of a fishery harbour at Navagoan-Thal where there is enough backup land will
greatly contribute towards sustaining the livelihoods of the fishing community and create
additional employment opportunities and overall socio-economic development of the area.
5.11 Government Obligation to meet Fish Quality Assurances

Exports of fish and fishery products are important for Maharashtra in particular, and India in general,
to diversify sources of income and achieve higher standards of living to fishermen and also to boost
the economic diversification process planned under fishery policies. However, during the last
decade, more stringent quality regulations are applied to fish exports according to international
norms namely Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP). Like any other developing countries,
India has experienced periodic difficulties with exports to the European Union (EU) because of the
apparent lack of quality control measures. There have been instances in the last few years that
import of fish and shrimp products from some of the countries in the South Asia including India were
banned by the EU on the ground that the fish products exported from these countries did not meet
the required international fish quality standards. This has resulted in considerable financial losses in
terms of poor fish quality and reduced prices for the fish products besides, drawing flak from the
environmentalist and health conscious groups.
Apart from the freshness and quality of the fish, traceability (where the fish comes from) is what fish
consumers are looking for. Domestic fish consumers too have become quality-conscious demanding
for fish and fishery products that are fresh (or which have been quickly frozen) and have suffered
little or no damage during catching, processing, storage and transportation. In order to ensure fish
hygiene and better sanitation conditions at a prominent fishery centre such as Navagoan-Thal,
upgration of existing infrastructure facilities to a fishery harbour has become an immediate necessity.

Kolkata August 2015
5.12 Advantages of a Fishery Harbour at Navagoan-Thal
5.12.1 Natural Shelter in the Thal Creek
A positive feature of the proposed fishery harbour at Navagoan-Thal is that the site in the Thal creek
is sheltered. The site derives natural protection from the sea waves during both southwest and
northeast monsoons and the required tranquillity conditions for the smooth operation of fishing
boats are automatically satisfied. During rough sea conditions, it is quite common to see that a large
number of fishing boats operating in and around Navagoan-Thal and Alibag areas seek shelter in the
backwaters of Thal creek.
5.12.2 Safe Access from Open Sea in All-Weather
The Thal creek with the construction of training walls and dredging of the entrance channel as per
the recommendation of CWPRS, Pune will be fairly wide and deep, thus enabling fishing boats to go
for fishing and return during all times of tide.
5.12.3 Economical Harbour Cost
Since Navagoan-Thal site is very well protected from the disturbances of waves, the need for costly
structures like breakwaters for creating tranquility conditions at the harbour location does not arise.
Another advantage of the site is that the entire land belongs to government avoiding need for
acquisition of private lands.
5.12.4 Adequate Land and Water Area
Navagoan-Thal fishery centres have adequate land for setting up the required waterside and shore
based facilities in addition to keeping option open for making use of the existing concrete wharves
by repair. The Thal creek being sufficiently wide, adequate water spaces for the development of
waterside facilities such as jetties and ramps for the safe landing and berthing of vessels are assured.
5.12.5 Nearness to Fishing Grounds
The fishing grounds off the Arabian Sea support diverse marine fishery resources comprising more
than 150 commercially important fish species. Naturally, Navagoan-Thal fishery centres have the
advantage of being near to the fishing grounds.
5.12.6 Other Ancillary Facilities
Navagoan-Thal fishing villages are well connected by road/water course to Alibag and Mumbai.
Apart from this, Navagoan-Thal fishing villages being near to Alibag town have other basic amenities
like schools, banks, hospital, post office, electricity, fresh water supply etc., either at the village or at
Alibag. Freshwater required for the fishery harbour operation could be obtained through extension
of water pipeline and electric power supply is available at the site. Alibag and Mumbai are important
bases for availing all other marine fishing and ancillary facilities. The Assistant Director of Fisheries
based at Alibag is responsible for development, training and extension at the grassroots level.
5.13 Project Benefits
The need to develop Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour at the proposed site arises from the vast
benefits that it confers to the local fishermen community and fishing industry of the site in particular
and State as a whole. The fishery harbour development at the site is expected to generate a wide
range of benefits not only to fishermen of Navagoan-Thal but for the overall development of the

Kolkata August 2015
Konkan area. The country’s economy, especially from the point of socio-economic upliftment of
backward fisher community and fishery industry is likely to be boosted upward to considerable
extent.
The larger benefits would include both quantifiable and non-quantifiable as follows. Non-
quantifiable benefits are those on which it is not possible or too difficult to measure in monetary
value like socio-economic benefits and overall development of the area.
5.13.1 Quantifiable Benefits
5.13.1.1 More Fishing Time and Additional Fish Catch
Without a fishery harbour, if the fishermen were to use creeks or open beaches for launching
operation of their fishing boats and fish landing through difficult and dangerous wave breaker zone,
they are bound to waste their precious fishing time. Moreover, there is always danger to their lives
and boats. Due to the creation of the fishery harbour, the fisher population stand to gain in terms of
more fishing time which could mean additional fish catch in under/or unexploited fish resource
areas.
5.13.1.2 Higher Prices for Fish Through Better Fish Quality
Development of fishery harbour with modern facilities such as fish handling and fish hall, dry fish
market, ice plant and chilled storage etc., which can be expected to improve the quality of fish
handling resulting in the increase of sale prices of fish. Given that all other costs of fishing remain
constant, these increases in value-addition would naturally fetch higher price. Due to better fish
handling facilities during the fish landing operations at the fish landing quays and the availability of ice,
cold storages and fish processing facilities from the time of fish landing to distribution to various local
fish markets and other distant places could mean better quality and fish preservation. Value-addition
to landed fish that directly result from the fish landing centre can be additional benefit to the fisher
community in fetching higher fish prices and meeting the norms laid down for fish hygiene.
5.13.1.3 Higher Prices for Fish Through Improved Fish Markets and Transparency in Fish
Sale
Due to increased landings of better quality fish and due to ice, and chilled storage facilities normally
available in a modern fishery harbour, fish can be stored in nearly fresh condition for many days.
This would enable the fishing vessel operator to even-out the fish supplies on the days of short
supply of fish and get a fair price. Modern fish markets can provide better fish handling, packing and
marketing facilities ensuring transparency during fish auctioning process and avoid exploitation by
the middlemen/sales commission agents. While financing the requirement of fishermen/fishing
vessel operators for working capital, fuel, ice, vessel repair etc., the middlemen/commission agents
dictate their will on the price of fish. Owing to improved fish markets, transport and finance facilities
normally made available in a fishery harbour, it is possible to save the fishermen/fishing vessel
operators from the clutches of middlemen/sales commission agents and provide them with fair
prices for the fish and fishery products.
5.13.1.4 Reduction in Vessel Maintenance Costs
It is typical for investment in fishery harbour facilities to result in reductions in maintenance costs of
fishing vessels due to improved berthing facilities, reductions in overcrowding, availability of ice,
fuel, freshwater, food provisions and boat and net repair facilities within the fishery harbour. These
costs can be a considerable part of total vessel operating costs, if fishing vessel operators were to
make their own arrangements to bring the inputs from far off places incurring additional
expenditure.

Kolkata August 2015
5.13.1.5 Increase in Employment Opportunities
One of the main objectives of the fishery harbour development is to retain the fishermen and their
family members in the rural areas, and prevent undesired migration to urban centres. Investments in
fishery harbour is sure to generate more employment opportunities for the unemployed people
usually not much found in the coastal belts. First phase employment generation will include workers
during project construction phase, secondary employment generation is the manegerial and harbour
support staff, additional jobs for the people engaged in fishing and related fish processing and allied
fish industries. An estimated 5,000 persons are likely to be benefiting directly (2 000 persons) and
indirectly (3 000 persons) from the proposed Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour. A large number of
workers in the fishery harbour are from the fisher community comprising of the boat crew, head-
load and ice workers, fish processing workers, fish vendors, fish merchants, boat repairers etc.
5.13.1.6 Reduction in Unproductive Time
Investments in creation of fishery harbour facilities can reduce overcrowding, speed up turnaround
times due to shorter turnaround time at the fishery harbour resulting from more efficient unloading
of fish catch at the fish landing quays, quicker loading operations of fuel, fresh water and ice, easy
handling and speedier loading operations of gear, food provisions and fishing equipment at the
quays. The repair time for fishing vessels is less due to better shelter and efficient repair facilities
and engine spare parts normally available in a fishery harbour. This freed-time can be used either to
increase fishing time with value-addition to fish and fishery products or to provide increased
recreational time for the boat crew. Landing quays where fishing boats can unload their fish catch
comfortably can result in considerable time-saving and least effort compared to the conventional
landing of fish on open shores/creeks.
5.13.1.7 Reduction in Boat Mileage
Siting of fishery harbour closer to known fishing grounds, quicker and safe access to fishing vessels
through deep channels normally provided in a fishery harbour can result in considerable reduction in
boat mileages and waiting time so that boats can land their fish irrespective of tidal condition.
Reductions in boat mileages and waiting time have implications in terms of both reduced fuel usage
and freed-time.
5.13.1.8 Increase in Foreign Exports
Investments in a fishery harbour can result in increased foreign exports and generate benefits in
terms of extra value-addition made possible by fish exporting agencies. Main beneficiaries are fish
auctioneers, processors, boat owners and the labour class directly engaged within the harbour
premises including the harbour authorities in terms of additional revenues.
5.13.1.9 Non-Fishing Benefits
Investments in modern and cleaner fishery harbour can often benefit not just the fishing industry,
but also other sectors such as defence, commercial trade, tourism and recreation. This is particularly
so given the need to diversify tourism and recreational opportunities in vast stretches of coastal
belts. This could result in significant additional revenues for the harbour authorities. The premises of
fishery harbour could also be gainfully utilised for the purpose of fishery education, hands-on-
training for the fishermen and related fishery industry people.

Kolkata August 2015
5.13.2 Non-Quantifiable Benefits

5.13.2.1 Safety to Fishermen and Their Fishing Vessels
The fishing profession is fraught with dangers and ridden with safety and health hazards. Fishermen
are prone to accidents while on fishing voyages and shores, which may entail risk of loss of lives,
disability, vessels drifting astray etc. Development of fishery harbour often results in providing better
working conditions and facilities that significantly improve safety for the fishing boats and fisher
populace. The reduction of risk to life of fishermen and damage to fishing boats during bad weather
would be considerable owing to a sheltered fishery harbour. These gains are something that cannot be
accounted in mere monetary terms. Further, it is a known fact that cyclones and depressions are
almost a regular feature in the Arabian Sea.
5.13.2.2 Socio-Economic Benefits
Indirect manifold benefits of fishery harbour at the places of coastal communities not only help the
fisher populace with other income generating opportunities, but also offers significant socio-
economic benefits to other communities as well to boost the overall national economy, improved
income, living standard, and status of the fisher populace. On the contrary, the absence of fishery
harbour could result in all or some of the disadvantages like increased cost of fish landing,
deterioration of fish quality, lower fish prices and encouragement to improper trading practices,
wastage of valuable fishing/leisure time, increase in fishing effort etc. Further, the increased fish
catch and the role of fishery related support industries are expected to enhance the supply of food
protein for local consumption, contribute to fish exports, improve fish quality, increase employment
opportunities and additional incomes for fishers.
5.14 Evaluation of Project Benefits
From the above description of quantifiable and non-quantifiable benefits of developing fishery
harbour, it is clear that the factors other than economic such as social and environmental costs and
benefits accruing outside the immediate sphere of the fishery harbour activities should also be
considered. For example, the reduction of risk to life of fishermen and damage to fishing boats
during bad weather would be considerable owing to a sheltered fishery harbour. This gain is
something that cannot be accounted in mere monetary terms.
To sum up, the upgradation of Navagoan-Thal fishery centres to a fishery harbour would help to
overcome many constraints presently faced by the RCFL and the local fishermen and finally result in
the higher fish production, improved fish quality, more employment opportunities and higher
income to the local fishermen thereby bringing appreciable change in the socio-economic conditions
of the fishermen community of Navagoan-Thal and surrounding villages. Above all, the development
of a fishery harbour at Navagoan-Thal is also expected to localise fishing activities at the centre
without having to depend on other fishery harbour which are far away and already congested and
overcrowded due to overcapacity.

Kolkata August 2015
6
ENGINEERING SURVEYS & GEOTECHNICAL
INVESTIGATIONS
6.1 Introduction
On behalf of the West Bengal Fisheries Corporation (WBFC), the M/s Precision Survey Consultancy,
Kolkata have carried out the engineering investigations covering topographic and hydrographic
surveys at the Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour project site in January 2015. The subsoil investigations
at the site were carried out by M/S Soil Tech (India) Private Ltd, Pune in December/January 2015 and
the geotechnical investigation results have been documented in their report N0.SIPL/14-15/84 of
January 2015. The subsoil investigations include collection of disturbed and undisturbed soil
samples, standard penetration tests and conducting laboratory soil testing for determining the
subsoil characteristics for the purpose of designing harbour facilities. The methodology adopted for
survey and subsoil investigations at site are described in the succeeding paras.
6.2 Location of Fishery Harbour Project Site
The location of Navagaon-Thal fishery harbour site corresponds to Lat. 18042’N and Long. 72051’E.
Figure 6-1 below shows the waterside area on the eastern and western bank of Thal creek to locate
the waterfront structures.
Figure 6-1: Waterside area identified for locating jetties at Navagaon-Thal fish landing site

Kolkata August 2015
6.3 Engineering Survey
The land area and water area covered during the survey is contained on either side of Thal creek
covering both Navagaon and Thal fishery centres adjacent to RCFL plant. The extent of land and
water area surveyed at the project site is shown in the index map of surveyed area extending for a
length of 1.5 km in the north-south and 1.5 km in the east-west direction as shown on Drg. RCFL/
WBFC/1.
6.3.1 Survey Datum/Chart Datum
For the purpose of conducting topographic and hydrographic surveys and construction of fish landing
facilities at a later date, it would be appropriate to refer project levels to the survey datum/chart datum
and this datum in turn connected to a GTS Bench Mark. The GTS Bench Mark located at the Thal Custom
Office (in front of verandah) whose level is +3.08 m above GTS was made use to transfer the levels to a
number of Control Points in the project area as shown on Drg. RCFL/WBFC/1 and Figure 6-2. The chart
datum chosen for Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour project site is 2.62 m below the GTS datum.
Figure 6-2: Thal custom office (on the left) and a typical control point set up on the floor of existing
fish auction shed at Navagoan fish landing site
6.3.2 Bench Marks & Control Points
Transferring of GTS Bench Mark from the Thal Custom Office to the Temporary Bench Marks (TBMs)
at the Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour project site area was carried out by double levelling using Total
Station survey instrument (Sokkia CS 105) and Auto level (Sokkia – C320) and the same were
established at the project site area. Their positions were coordinated to UTM grid system using GPS
Real Time Kinematics (South-86T) with 20 mm vertical & 10 mm horizontal accuracy.
In addition, reference points were marked at site to form control points (CPs) for the survey work
before the commencement of the survey work and these control points were coordinated to UTM
grid system (see Figure 6-2). Transfer of levels to all the control points were carried out with respect
to the established GTS Bench Mark at Thal Custom Office for future use. Occupying the control
points (CPs), all major details of the project site were surveyed by Total Station survey instrument. A
brief description of the CPs set up in the project area along with their positions coordinated to UTM
grid system (in terms of northings and eastings) and reduced levels w.r.t the survey datum/chart
datum are furnished in Table 6-1 below and the same shown on the topographic and hydrographic
survey map (see Drg. RCFL/WBFC/1).

Kolkata August 2015
Table 6-1: UTM Coordinates, reduced levels and description of Control Points
Coordinates Level (m) Level (m)

GPS Control Point
Northing (m) Easting (m) w.r.t GTS w.r.t Chart Datum
GPS1 274122.468 2069248.183 +2.451 +5.051
GPS3 274102.774 2069243.363 +1.935 +4.535
GPS4 274179.299 2069169.099 +4.185 +6.785
GPS5 274081.152 2068811.124 +4.745 +7.345
GPS6 274070.138 2068815.270 +2.397 +4.997
GPS7 273969.924 2068897.407 +4.527 +7.127
GPS9 273945.320 206974.430 +3.003 +5.603
GPS10 273930.439 2069059.595 +2.654 +5.254
6.3.3 Topographic Survey
Detailed topographic survey for the project site was carried out on either side of Thal creek for a
length of 1.5 km in the north-south and 1.5 km in the east-west direction which extended from
Navagoan fishing village to Thal fishing village in the north-south direction and from the boundary
wall of RCF plant to the confluence of Arabian Sea and Thal creek in the east-west direction (see
Figure 6-3). The extent of land and water area surveyed is shown on Drg. RCFL/WBFC/1. The
topographic survey was conducted using GPS receiver (Trimble SPS-361), Total Station survey
instrument (South NTS-962R) of 2” accuracy and Auto Level (Sokkia – C320) of 2 mm accuracy for the
preparation of combined topographic and hydrographic survey plan/map on a scale of 1:2000.
The topographic survey included all physical features like approach road to project site from the
nearby motorable access road, and all other existing features such as electric poles, transformers,
permanent/temporary houses and other building structures like net mending sheds, fish market, dry
fish storages, fish drying areas, shops, huts, water lines, drains, waterways and water bodies like
ponds, canals, creeks, trees, fences, revetment, embankent, internal pucca and kuccha roads defined
as bituminous/concrete/metal/earthen roads/inner streets etc., including road culverts and
crossings, railway track, permanent objects like telephone posts, street light post, transmission lines
etc.
The topographic survey generated:

 Spot levels at locations within the project area at an interval not exceeding 10 m and the
contour interval was 0.5 m.
 Contour map of project area - The coordinated grids for the survey work (50 m x 50 m
interval) was established in North-South & East-West direction (Corresponding to true
North) and the survey reference was spheroid datum World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS 84)
corresponding to Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) Zone 43N.

Kolkata August 2015
Figure 6-3: Topographic survey carried out for the project at Navagoan-Thal fish landing site
Further, the topographic survey was overlapped with the hydrographic survey by levels extending
over the Thal creek for an adequate distance to ensure overlap of the topographic and hydrographic
survey. The topographic and hydrographic surveys were also coordinated both in plan and level to
ensure compatibility of horizontal and vertical datum.
6.3.4 Contouring
The spot level surveying at an interval of 10 m was carried out for contouring the land area.
Depending on the nature of terrain, contours were interpolated at 0.5 m using Autodesk Civil 3D
software and finally finishing with AutoCAD.
6.3.5 Hydrographic Survey
The hydrographic survey at the project area comprised of surveying the width and breadth of Thal
creek including sub creeks adjacent to the land area at Navagoan and Thal fishing villages up to the
confluence point of Thal creek and Arabian Sea and the foreshore which included the water land
area identified for the fishery harbour project site. The extent of water and land area surveyed is
shown in Drg. RCFL/WBFC/1.
For the conduct of hydrographic survey, a motorised boat, an Echo Sounder (SYQWEST Bathy 500
MF) instrument of 0.01 m accuracy along with a GPS ranging pole and receiver (Trimble SPS-361
Beacon) with transducer was used. The GPS ranging pole and transducer were connected to the
computerized Echo Sounder (SYQWEST Bathy 500 MF) which automatically recorded the soundings
and transmitted the location data to the GPS base set up at the foreshore. The operation of GPS by
Real Time Kinematics procedure provided the global positioning of the sounded locations in terms of
latitude-longitude/northing-easting. The echo sounder was interfaced to the Navigation and Data
Logging Computer for digitization of water depths. The automatically recorded data by the
computerized Echo Sounder (SYQWEST Bathy 500 MF) was later plotted in the form of bed contours
using PowerNavigation software compatible with the Echo-sounder (SYQWEST Bathy 500 MF). The
tidal observations were carried out during the period of hydrographic survey in order to apply tidal

Kolkata August 2015
corrections to the recorded soundings.
The soundings were taken in a grid fashion of 10 m x 10 m along the cross-sections spaced 25 m
apart along the Thal creek as well as in the foreshore of Arabian Sea. However, the plotted
soundings on the combined topographic and hydrographic survey map is w.r.t sounding datum i.e.,
chart datum (CD) duly incorporating the corrections for tidal variation. The horizontal positioning of
the soundings referred to WGS 84 corresponding UTM Zone 43N in synchronous with the
topographic survey.
6.3.6 Tide Recordings
For the purpose of conducting hydrographic survey and also for the proper planning and design of the
fishery harbour facilities, it was felt necessary to conduct tide recordings at project site to establish the
tide levels. For this, tide levels were measured at the Thal creek near the existing net mending shed on
Navagoan fishery centre side in fairly sheltered water. Short period tidal variations for a period of 21
days (round the clock) were observed from 10th to 30th March 2015. The duration of tidal observations
covered both spring and neap tides and the plotted tidal curve is shown in Drg. RCFL/WBFC/2. Results
of the analysis of tidal data collected at the site are further described in the next Chapter 7 on the
environmental data collection and analysis. The tide levels were measured to an accuracy of 0.001 m
and recorded continuously for a period of 21 days at an interval of 15 minutes covering a spring and
near tide cycle.
6.3.7 Preparation of Topographic and Hydrographic Survey Maps
From the data obtained during the topographic and hydrographic survey, the land and bed contours of
Thal creek and the sub creeks were drawn to a scale of 1:2000 as shown in the combined map of
topographic and hydrographic survey (Drg. RCFL/WBFC/1) after reducing the levels to chart datum.
6.4 Subsoil Investigations
Detailed subsoil investigations have been conducted at Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour project site for
arriving at the soil characteristics for the foundation design of various waterside and landside harbour
facilities. The brief description of subsoil investigations is furnished below:
6.4.1 Bore Holes
Four bore holes have been conducted at the project site (three on Navagaon fishery centre site and one
on Thal fishery centre site) at the locations shown in (Drg. RCFL/WBFC/3. Depth of penetration of these
bore holes from the general ground to their termination level is 10 m (see Table 6-2).

Kolkata August 2015
Table 6-2: Bore hole details
Drilling in soil Drilling in rock Total depth of

BH No. Location
(m) (m) penetration (m)
BH-1 Navagaon fish landing site 3.60 6.40 10.0
BH-4 Thal fish landing site 1.50 8.50 10.0
The type of boring, description of bore hole sections in the form of bore logs, description of subsoil
layers in terms of liquid limit, plastic limit, plasticity index, shrinkage limit, specific gravity, natural
moisture content, ‘N’ values of Standard Penetration Tests, particle size distribution of soil samples,
unconfined compression test results etc., are described in the soil testing report No. SIPL/14-15/84 of
M/s Soil Tech (India) Private Ltd, Pune and the same was submitted to RCFL in January 2015 as part of
first project deliverable of the consultancy services. However, a brief description of the soil
investigations extracted from these soil reports are furnished below:
6.4.2 Sinking of Bore Holes
Boring was done in accordance with IS: 1892-1979. Calyx type multi-purpose drilling rig with all
drilling accessories was used for boring. Auger and bentonite mud drilling technique was adopted for
advancing the bore hole through the substratum. Hand auger was operated in the bore holes at first
up to a maximum depth of 2 m after which bentonite mud drilling was started. Cutter of appropriate
design and diameter (200 mm) was attached to a string of G.I. pipes through which bentonite slurry
was continuously pumped in the bore hole while the drill string was rotated manually. The bentonite
by virtue of its density and thixotropy stabilised the bore hole and prevented sand blowing, soft soil
flow and sedimentation. The operation was carefully monitored by specially trained skilled workmen
under technical supervision of soil consultant. The core samples recovered during core drilling were
serially numbered, logged and preserved in core boxes (see Figure 6-4).
6.4.3 Standard Penetration Test (SPT)
The SPT conducted is as per IS: 2131-1981. In this, a split barrel sampler is driven from the bottom of
a pre-bored hole into the soil by means of a 63.5 kg hammer, dropped freely from a height of 0.76m.
The diameter of the pre-bored hole normally varies between 60 and 200 mm. If the hole did not stay
open by itself, casing or drilling mud was used. The sampler is first driven to a depth of 15 cm below
the bottom of the pre-bored hole, then the number of blows required to drive the sampler another
30 cm into the soil, the so called N30 count, is recorded. The rods used for driving the sampler were
of sufficient stiffness. The quality of test results depended on several factors, such as actual energy
delivered to the head of the drill rod, the dynamic properties (impedance) of the drill rod, the
method of drilling and bore hole stabilisation.

Kolkata August 2015
Figure 6-4: Core box photographs
The SPT is generally conducted in all types of deposit. The measured N-value (No.of blows/0.3 m) is
so called standard penetration resistance of the soil. A graph of the measured N-values against the
depth of penetration conducted at the four bore hole locations in the fishery harbour site are shown in
bore log Figures 6-5 to 6-8 in the summary of field and laboratory soil test results at the end of this
chapter.
6.4.4 Collection of Disturbed Samples
After each standard penetration test, sufficient quantities of disturbed samples were collected from
split spoon sampler. Disturbed samples were also collected from auger when it was operated. These
samples were preserved in the polythene packets, labelled properly and sent to laboratory for
identification and testing.

Kolkata August 2015
6.4.5 Laboratory Tests
Laboratory tests have been conducted as per IS specifications on soil samples (Disturbed and
Undisturbed) to determine the following properties.
6.4.5.1 Natural Moisture Content
Natural moisture content have been determined in the laboratory as per IS: 2720 (Part 2) -1973. The
results of soil tests for the natural moisture content for the samples collected in the four bore hole
locations are furnished in Figures 6-9 to 6-11 in the summary of field and laboratory soil test results at
the end of this chapter.
6.4.5.2 Bulk Density and Dry Density
Soil bulk density is defined as the ratio of the mass of dry solids to the bulk volume of the soil
occupied by those dry solids. The bulk volume includes the volume of the solids and the pore space.
Bulk density is needed for converting water percentage by weight to content by volume, for
calculating porosity and void ratio when the particle density is known, and for estimating the weight
of a volume of soil too large to weigh conveniently.
Dry density = bulk density/ (1+natural moisture content %)
The results of soil tests for the bulk density for the samples collected in the four bore hole locations
at the fishery harbour site are furnished in Figures 6-9 to 6-11 in the summary of field and laboratory
soil test results at the end of this chapter.
6.4.5.3 Particle Size Distribution
Particle size distribution test is performed to determine the percentage of different grain sizes
contained within a soil. The mechanical or sieve analysis is performed to determine the distribution
of the coarser, larger sized particles and the hydrometer method is used to determine the
distribution of the finer particles. The distribution of different grain sizes affects the engineering
properties of soil. Grain size analysis provides the grain size distribution, and it is required in
classifying the soil.
The test has been performed in the laboratory as per IS: 2720 (Part 4)-1985. The results of soil tests
for the particle size distribution for the samples collected in the four bore hole locations are
furnished in Figures 6-9 to 6-11 in the summary of field and laboratory soil test results at the end of
this chapter in addition to sieve graphs of the particle size distribution.
6.4.5.4 Atterberg Limits
The liquid limit and the plastic limit together are known as the Atterberg limits. As per soil strata
encountered in the field, it is observed that the basic material is medium to dense silty sand and
thus no shrinkage property will be observed leading to discarding shrinkage limit test. However, the
liquid limit and plastic limit tests have been done as per IS: 2720 (Part 5)-1985. The results of soil
tests for the Atterberg limits (liquid limit, plastic limit and plasticity index) for the samples collected
in the four bore hole locations are furnished in Figures 6-9 to 6-11 in the summary of field and
laboratory soil test results at the end of this chapter.

Kolkata August 2015
6.4.5.5 Specific Gravity of Soil
The ratio of the unit weight of a material to the unit weight of distilled water at 4 0C is a common
definition of specific gravity. Soil specific gravities, however, are normally referred to the weight of
water at 200C. In itself, the specific gravity is not an index property of a soil. It is, however, required
for determination of the unit weight of soil and in many computations.
The specific gravity has been determined as per IS: 2720 (Part 3/Sec 2)-1980. The results of the
specific gravity for the samples collected in the four bore hole locations at the project site are
furnished in Figures 6-9 to 6-11 in the summary of field and laboratory soil test results at the end of
this chapter.
6.4.5.6 Shear Strength Parameters by Unconfined Compression Test
The unconfined compression test is conducted as per IS-2720 (Part 10)-1973. The results of the
unconfined compression for the samples collected in the four bore holes are furnished in Figures 6-9
to 6-11 in the summary of field and laboratory soil test results at the end of this chapter.
6.4.6 Summary of Field and Laboratory Soil Test Results
During the course of geotechnical investigation, the following layers of stratum were observed.
 Layer I - Medium to dense silty sand

 Layer II - Completely weathered fractured basalt
 Layer III - Highly weathered fractured basalt
 Layer IV - Slightly to moderately weathered basalt
Thickness of each layer encountered along with SPT/RQD ranges as the case may be at the location
is tabulated below.
Table 6-3: Subsurface profile properties
Layer I Layer II Layer III Layer IV

BH No.
Thickness (m) SPT (N) Thickness (m) SPT (N) Thickness (m) RQD Thickness (m) RQD
BH 1 3.60 31 - R 0 0 2.75 0 3.65 36 - 52
BH 2 5.00 14 - R 0 0 1.50 20 3.50 38 – 47
BH 3 1.50 0 0 0 6.00 0 – 11 2.50 48 – 51
BH 4 1.50 0 2.50 R 6.00 0–8 0 0
The bore logs of 1 to 4 with their subsurface properties of are furnished in Figures 6-5 to 6-8.
6.4.6.1 Ground Water Level
The ground water level at the bore hole location during soil exploration (December 2014) was found
at 1-2 m below the existing ground level. Water level was observed in the bore holes after 24 hours
on completion of bore holes.

Kolkata August 2015
Figure 6-5: Bore hole 1

Kolkata August 2015

Kolkata August 2015

Kolkata August 2015

Kolkata August 2015
Figure 6-9: Sieve graphs of bore holes 1 to 4

Kolkata August 2015
Figure 6-10: Summary of rock test results of bore holes 1 & 2

Kolkata August 2015
Figure 6-11: Summary of rock test results of bore holes 3 & 4

Kolkata August 2015
7
ENVIRONMENTAL DATA COLLECTION AND
ANALYSIS
7.1 General
Normally the climatic condition of a place off the coast influence the fishing season, and in turn, has a
close bearing on the local fishing activities. Wind climate, in terms of trade winds and cyclonic storms
has also bearing on the wave climate of a region. As such, it is necessary to have a full knowledge of the
prevailing climatic conditions at the Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour project site.
7.2 Climatic Conditions off Navagoan-Thal fishery Harbour Project Site

The climate of the district in which Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour project site lies is typical of that on
the west coast of India, with plentiful regular and seasonal rainfall during monsoon season (June to
September). The year may be divided into four seasons: the summer (March to May), the rainy (June
to September), the post-monsoon (October and November), and the winter (December to February).
The southwest monsoon commences by about the first week of June and continues till the beginning
of October. In afternoons, the sea breezes relieve the oppressive heat. The onset of monsoon brings
down the temperature. However, with the withdrawal of monsoon, day temperature increases in
October and November. The air remains humid throughout the year.
A climatological summary available and compiled from 15 to 30 years of period of observations from
1937 to 1966 at Mumbai (nearest to the project site) is presented at Annexure 7-1. It describes the
climate parameters like wind speed and direction, surface air temperature, relative humidity,
rainfall, visibility conditions etc. These are discussed in detail below:
7.2.1 Wind Climate
Wind speed is always greater over the sea than over the land. Winds in the monsoon months are
very strong predominantly in southwest, west and northwest directions. The average wind speed is
about 6 to 11 knot in this season. In the remaining months, wind blows predominantly in north,
northeast, east and southeast directions. In the winter season i.e., from November to March, wind
blows from northeast, east and southeast directions in the morning time and from southwest, west,
northwest and north in the evening times. In the rainy season i.e., from June to September, the wind
over the sea blows in southwest, west and northwest directions. The wind rose diagrams for all the
months of the year are presented in Drg.No. RCFL/ WBFC/4. Thunder storms are observed in the
monsoon beginning viz., June and in the month of September and October due to northeast
monsoon. However, no gales are observed.
7.2.2 Wave climate

Due to southwest monsoon, the wave climate is intense in the monsoon months viz., June to

Kolkata August 2015
September. The sea becomes rough and practically there will be no calm period. The maximum wave
height reaches up to 3.5 m at high waters during monsoon.
7.2.3 Depressions/Severe Storms
A study of the storm tracks published by the India Meteorological Department for the period 1877 to
1992 infers that the east coast is more prone to storms and cyclones than the west coast. On an
average, for every one storm occurred on the west coast, there are 6 storms occurred on the east
coast according to the available records. Drg.No. RCFL/ WBFC/5 shows the paths of the storms that
have passed in the vicinity of Navagoan-Thal project site observed for the period of 115 years from
1877 to 1992.
Further, it is observed that the largest number of cyclonic storms occur in the month of November.
In a year, the number of cyclonic disturbance in the Arabian Sea increases from March to June,
decreases to a minimum in August, increases to a maximum again in November and attains a
minimum in February. From the records, a total of 885 storms have occurred on the east coast in the
115 years period, while on the west coast the number is 148 only.
7.2.4 Rainfall
Predominantly, two monsoons are responsible for the rainfall in India. They are southwest monsoon
and northeast monsoon. In the coastal Maharashtra, rainfall is greater over land, especially in hilly
areas with onshore winds. The southwest monsoon normally enters into the State in the first week
of June and from then, the Kokan region gets heavy rainfall. Raigad district, in which Navagoan-Thal
project site is located, gets majority of the rainfall by southwest monsoon. Nearly 95% of the annual
rainfall is received during the southwest monsoon season.
The average annual rainfall in Raigad district is 2,079 mm. Nearly 90% of rainfall is received in four
months i.e., June to September. It continues till September end after which the monsoon becomes
weak. The rainfall decreases rapidly from the coast towards east and south to north.The
climatological summary table shows that an average rainfall of 520 mm, 709 mm, 419 mm and
297mm occurs in the period June to September respectively which accounts to an average annual
rainfall of 2079 mm. During the monsoon season, the sky remains overcast and cloudy. During rest
of the year, in general, the sky remains clear.
7.2.5 Temperature
Due to coastal location, the diurnal (during the day) and seasonal variations in air temperature at
Navagoan-Thal project site are not very large. Maximum air temperature at the coast rarely goes
beyond 36oC and in the hinterland; it seldom crosses 40oC owing to proximity to the sea. The mean
daily maximum and minimum air temperature is of the order of 31 oC and 24oC respectively in a year
in the region. Maximum air temperature reaches high in March to May months while mean low
temperatures are minimum in December to February. May is the hottest month of the year.The
highest and lowest recorded air temperatures are 33oC and 21oC respectively. The highest mean air
temperatures are recorded just before the onset of southwest monsoon. The difference of air
temperatures in day and night is high in the months of December to February.
The mean sea surface temperature varies from 26oC to 27oC in winter and about 29oC in summer.
The onset of south-west monsoon in June causes a drop on temperature and by July, the coastal
waters have 27oC or 28oC.

Kolkata August 2015
7.2.6 Humidity
Climate of Navagoan-Thal near Alibag/Mumbai is generally very humid and relative humidity seldom
goes below 62%. There is a large variation in dampness in the early mornings in wet season
compared to the drier conditions in afternoon in the dry season. The maximum relative humidity of
86% is observed in July to September in the mornings while the minimum relative humidity of 62% is
observed in February in the evening time. On an average, 78% and 70% are the mean monthly
values in the morning and evening times respectively.
7.2.7 Visibility
Though fog occurs in winter especially in the early hours of the day, it rarely hinders navigation or
other related activities.
7.2.8 Geo-morphological Conditions at Thal creek
The fishery harbour site at Navagoan-Thal lies on the north and south bank of Thal creek which is 30-
40 m wide and 2-3 m deep during high waters. There is no perennial river flow in the Thal creek, but
only subject to tidal flow and the creek dries up during spring waters. It is more of a drainage canal
with shallow water depths joining the Arabian Sea which allows fishing boat operation only during
high waters (see Figure 7-1). However, due to significant tidal inflow, the creek during high waters is
sufficiently wide and deep thus enabling fishing vessels to go for fishing and return mostly during
high tides. In addition, the creek serves as a safe anchorage place for a large number of fishing boats,
nearly 250 numbers belonging to Navagoan-Thal fishing villages along its navigable length of 1.5 km
almost ending at the existing road culvert at Navagoan fishing village. Also during rough sea
conditions, a large number of fishing vessels operating in the Alibag region seek shelter in the
backwaters of Thal creek.
The creek after traversing in the north-south direction for a length of 1 km by the side of Navagoan
fishing village takes a serpentine bend at the Thal fishing village to join Arabian Sea in the east-west
direction. The physical features of entire Thal creek can be seen in the topographic and hydrographic
survey map in Drg. RCFL/WBFC/1.
Figure 7-1: Fishing boats entering Thal creek during high waters

Kolkata August 2015
Since the proposed fish landing facilities are well inside the Thal creek and due to complete shelter
provided by the proposed training walls of rubble mound structure, the fishery harbour site is fully
protected from the ravages of cyclones. The entire land and water area in the proposed fishery
harbour project site at Navagoan-Thal belongs to revenue department and they have no objection
for the proposal of RCFL/Fisheries Department to develop the fishery harbour.
7.2.9 Tide Levels at Thal creek
In order to arrive at the bed levels of the proposed entrance channel and to fix the top level of the
jetty, land reclamation etc., the tide levels at the harbour project site must be known. From the tide
recordings conducted at the Thal creek for a period of 21 days between 10th to 30th March 2015 and
based on the knowledge of tide levels for Karanja fishery harbour (under construction) available from
the Admiralty Chart which is the nearest secondary port, the standard tide levels for Navagoan-Thal site
are arrived at Table 7-1.
Table 7-1: Tide levels at Navagoan-Thal site
Tide Levels Values w.r.t Chart Datum

Highest High Water Level (HHWL) +5.40 m
Mean High Water Springs (MHWS) +4.40 m
Mean High Water Neaps (MHWN) +3.40 m
Mean Sea Level (MSL) +2.60 m
Mean Low Water Neaps (MLWN) +1.80 m
Mean Low Water Springs (MLWS) +0.80 m
Lowest Low Water Springs (LL WS)/Chart Datum +0.0 m
As observed at Karanja, the tides at Navagoan-Thal project site are also of mixed type and
predominantly semi-diurnal with slight diurnal inequality component (meaning different levels
between successive high and low waters) leading to difference in diurnal tidal range. The mean
tidal variation during springs is 3.2 m while the same during neap tides is of the order of 1.5 m .
The mean sea level being at +2.6 m is slightly higher than Mumbai port (+2.51 m).
Incidentally, Mumbai port is at a distance of 25 km and Karanja fishery harbour (under
construction) are at a distance of 20 km from Navagoan-Thal project site respectively by sea
route.
7.2.10 Geo-morphological Conditions of Coast at Navagoan-Thal
The seashore is formed of long narrow sandy beach to the north of Thal creek for a length of 1 km
and south for a length of 0.5 km with few localized rocky outcrops seen in the nearshore region. The
general orientation of coastline is in the NNE direction. The nearshore beach is flat (beach slope of
the order of 1:500) with depth contours running parallel to the shoreline. In fact, the present
Navagoan-Thal fishery centres stand located on the newly formed sandy beaches. Waves are
predominantly from the directions of south-west and west during south west monsoon with incident
wave heights between 0.5-3 m and wave period of 8-12 seconds. The waves break in the shallow
zone and the angle of wave approach to the general shoreline is oblique(north-west to west
direction). The Navagoan-Thal coast is partially protected from incoming waves due to the presence
of Underi and Khanderi forts existing on the exposed rocky outcrops in the offshore region at a
distance of 1.7 km and 4.6 km.

Kolkata August 2015
Figure 7-2: Navagoan coast seen in the left photo and Thal in the right photo
(Khanderi fort seen in the background of Thal seashore)

Kolkata August 2015
Annexure 7-1
PLACE -MUMBAI, Lat.180 54' N. Long. 720 49' E. Height above Mean Sea Level, 11 m
(Climatic Table compiled from 15 to 30 years' observations, 1937 to 1966)
Mean wind
Mean Wind direction
speed
Relative
Air temperature cloud Rain
humidity
cover 0800 1700
No.of days with poor visibility

Percentage of observations from Percentage of observations from
No. of days with thunder

Pressure at MSL (Mean)
No. of days with gale

No. of days with 2.5 mm or more
Mean highest in each month
Mean lowest in each month

Month
Mean daily max.
Mean daily min.
Average fall
Calm
Calm

0800
1700
0800
1700
1700
N.W
N.W
S.W
S.W
N.E
N.E
S.E
S.E
W
W
N
N
E
E
S
S
0 0 0 0
mb C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
January 1013 29 20 32 16 73 63 1 1 2   46 30 7 1 1 0 1 1 40 1 0 0 0 1 6 51 1 6 9 0 1 
February 1012 30 21 33 17 72 62 1 1 1   35 34 11 1 1 1 1 1 30 0 0 0 0 0 10 60 0 6 9 0 2 0
March 1010 31 22 34 19 74 64 2 1 1  22 29 19 19 6 1 1 2 2 32 0 0 0 0 0 14 54 0 6 10  1 
April 1009 32 25 34 23 76 66 2 1 3   12 11 16 12 10 5 9 3 17 0 0 0 0 2 18 63 0 6 9 0  
May 1007 33 27 34 25 76 67 4 3 16   4 6 7 9 17 17 23 2 5 0 0 0 1 11 33 50 0 7 10 0  
June 1005 32 26 34 24 82 76 6 5 520 18 3 2 2 11 15 26 29 11 1 1 0 0 0 3 28 45 21 1 8 10 0 2 5
July 1004 30 25 32 23 86 82 7 6 709 24 1 1 1 2 2 27 50 16 2 1 1 0 0 1 23 54 20 0 10 11 0 2 
August 1005 30 25 31 23 86 82 7 7 419 14 3 1 1 2 2 24 48 18 1 2 0 0 0 1 14 53 30 0 9 10 0 2 
September 1007 30 24 32 23 86 80 6 5 297 11 6 9 0 14 8 16 21 15 2 11 0 0 0 2 12 35 39 1 7 8 0 1 5
October 1010 32 24 34 22 81 73 3 3 88 2 10 34 25 11 2 3 2 11 2 24 2 3 3 1 5 7 54 1 6 8 0 0 
November 1011 32 23 34 21 73 67 1 1 21 1 4 40 40 11 2 1 0 1 1 30 1 0 1 2 2 6 58 0 6 8 0  
December 1013 31 21 33 18 72 63 2 1 2   42 42 8 1 0 0 1 1 32 1 0 0 0 1 5 60 1 6 8 0 1 
Mean 1009 31 24 36* 16** 78 70 3 3 ---- ---- 10 21  9 5 11 15 9 2 19 1   1 8 24 47  7 9 - - -
Totals - - - - - - - - - 2079 71 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0 12 18
Extreme
Values - - - 40# 12## - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
No.of
30 years 24 years 15 years 20 20 30 30 30
years
Note: Extract from West Coast Pilot
* Mean of highest each year : ** Mean of lowest each year : Rare (Below 2 nm):  Average decrease of 3 mb by 170 # Highest recorded temperature ## Highest recorded temperature

Kolkata August 2015
8
DESIGN OF NAVAGOAN-THAL FISHERY HARBOUR
8.1 Projected Design Fishing Fleet
In order to arrive at the design fleet size for which the Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour is to be
designed, WBFC Consultants have undertaken detailed fishery economic studies at the State, Raigad
district and Navagoan-Thal fishery centre level through collection and analysis of the primary and
secondary data on various fishery aspects. A brief account of the outcome of the analysis is
described below.
It may be seen from the Figure 4-2 of Chapter 4 that between 2008-09 and 2010-11, the growth rate
of mechanized fishing boats in the Raigad district was negligible, but in the last two years, the
growth rate of mechanized fishing boats has risen from 3.5 to 11.7%. On the other hand, the number
of non-mechanized boats in the district has come down from 650 to 550. Similarly, at Navagoan-Thal
fishery centre level, the mechanized fishing boats have increased in the last five years from the
previous figure of 199 numbers in 2008-09 to 274 numbers in 2012-13 with an average annual
growth rate of 6.9% (see Table 3-1 and Figure 3-1 of Chapter 3 for the growth of mechanized and
non-mechanized boats).
However, given the fact that the marine fishery resources are nearing saturation reflected by the
decline in marine fish production, the government fishery conservation and sustenance policy is not
to allow overexploitation of inshore marine fishery resources. Due to this reason, there may not be
much addition to the existing fishing fleet at State and Navagoan-Thal fishery centre level. But, it
would be prudent to assume an average annual growth rate of 10% in the initial year and thereafter
gradual reduction over a period of next 5 years for arriving at the design fishing fleet for the fishery
harbour development at Navagoan-Thal. The level of fishery activities, which would be taking place
five years after the construction of the fishery harbour, could be reviewed later for considering
further expansion of the fishery harbour facilities.
As far as the non-mechanized boats are concerned, there are none at Navagoan and their number is
insignificant (hardly 20) at Thal fishery centre. Also, the present trend of the fishermen is to switch
over from the traditional non-mechanized fishing to mechanized fishing. This fact is reflected in the
overall reduction of non-mechanized boats at the Maharashtra State and district level. It is likely that
the existing non-mechanized boats after service life will be gradually replaced by the mechanized
ones.

Kolkata August 2015
Therefore, for the purpose of arriving at the design fishing fleet, the existing number of the non-
mechanized boats will be retained at the same level on the assumption that these non-mechanized
boats at Thal fishery centre will gradually cease to operate and the same will be replaced by the
mechanized boats in due course. It is therefore on the conservative side to assume that the existing
254 nos. of mechanized boats will continue to operate throughout the project evaluation period of
25 years, in addition to increase of 25, 20, 15, 10 & 5 mechanized boats over the next 5 years.
In view of the above observations and assumptions on the mechanized and non-mechanized boats,
the design fishing fleet scenario for the Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour project evaluation period of
25 years would be as indicated in Table 8-1 below.
Table 8-1: Projected Design Fishing Fleet
Mechanized boats Non-mechanized

Year Total
Existing Additional Existing
0 254 - 20 274
1 254 25 20 299
2 279 20 20 319
3 299 15 20 334
4 314 10 20 344
5-25 324 5 20 349
The basis for preparing the conceptual fishery harbour layout and designing harbour facilities would
be for a total fleet of 349 fishing boats comprising 329 mechanized and 20 non-mechanized boats.
However, the capacity and sufficency of the fishery harbour facilities could once again be reviewed
after putting the fishery harbour into use for the initial 5 years and thereafter need for expansion of
the fishery harbour for next phase could be considered.
8.2 Design Fishing Vessel Characteristics
The proposed fishery harbour at Navagoan-Thal is meant for catering to the needs of various sizes of
mechanized and non-mechanized fishing boats. It is, therefore important to know the vessel
characteristics of the boats using the harbour. The vessel characteristics of the two normal sizes of
fishing boats viz., 15 m OAL bag netters/gill netters and 8 m traditional non-mechanized gill netters
considered for the design of harbour facilities and project evaluation are given in Table 8-2 below:
Table 8-2: Design Fishing Vessel Characteristics
Mechanized Boat Non-mechanized Boat

Particulars
(329 Nos.) (20 Nos.)
Maximum overall length (m) 14.5 8.5
Maximum beam(m) 4.9 1.2
Maximum draft (m) 1.5 0.5
Engine HP 100 0
Hull Wood/FRP Wood/FRP
Gross Registered Tonnage (GRT) 10 1
Boat crew 6 3
Fishing method Bag net/Gill net Bag net
Average fish landing per trip/boat (kg) 400 150
Number of fishing trips per season 100 230
Duration of fishing trip (days) 1 1
Total number of rest days between fishing
70 40
trips
Length of fishing season 270 270

Kolkata August 2015
8.3 Chart Datum
Chart datum generally refers to a datum level that the astronomical tides rarely fall below it. For the
Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour, it would be one such useful reference level with which the water
depths in the Thal creek serving as entrance channel and at the jetty side can be ascertained for the
safe navigation and operation of fishing boats.
Normally, the guiding factor for the fixing of chart datum is to select the mean lower low water springs
(MLLWS) as chart datum for the fishery harbour sites of low tidal range of less than 2 m or slightly
below MLLWS, if the site is subject to a large tidal variation ensuring that the fishing boat operations
will not be unduly affected. Choosing chart datum for Navagoan-Thal site falls in the second category
where the mean tidal range at site is of the order of 2.5 m and the same during spring tides is as high
as 3.5 m.
Comparing the tide levels of both Karanja and Navagoan-Thal during normal and extreme spring low
waters as described in Chapter 7, it appears that the chart datum of Karanja, if adopted for Navagoan-
Thal very well suits the navigation requirements of the fishing boat operations in the proposed
Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour. Thus, the chart datum chosen for the Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour
project is that of the chart datum of Karanja which is also the survey datum for the topo-
hydrographic and subsoil investigations conducted at site.
8.4 General Planning of Fishery Harbour Facilities
Considering the prevalent practice of the existing fishery activities at Navagoan-Thal dominated by
the small to big mechanized boats, the waterside and landside facilities proposed for Navagoan-Thal
fishery harbour are given in Table 8-3 below.
Table 8-3: Fishery Harbour Facilities
Type of fishing boats

Facilities
using harbour
Mechanized and
traditional non- At the Thal creek
mechanized boats
1. Construction of training walls in rubble mound structure and landside revetment with stone
boulder pitching
2. Dredging of entrance channel
3. Navigational aids (MS buoys)
4. RC bridge across Thal creek connecting Navagoan-Thal fishery centres
At the Navagoan fishery centre side
1. Land reclamation and revetment protection

2. Approach road in concrete surface connecting Navagoan fishing village
3. Multi-purpose RC bored pile jetty for fish landing
4. Vehicle parking area in concrete surface
5. Freshwater and seawater supply and distribution including overhead water tank
6. Provision of fresh water outlets on the concrete wharf side
7. Fuel supply and store
8. Provision for bilge water separator, spent engine oil and toxic waste collection sheds
9. Drainage and sewerage and effluent treatment plant
10. Concrete fish drying platforms and dry fish storages
11. Fishermen gear shed

Kolkata August 2015
12. Fishermen rest shed

13. RC sloping hard
14. Boat repair/parking yard behind RC sloping hard
15. Fishery administration office
16. Public toilet
17. Electrical substation and general electricity
At the Thal fishery centre side
1. Land reclamation and revetment protection

2. Multi-purpose RC bored pile jetty for fish landing
3. Provision of fresh water outlets on the concrete wharf side
4. Fuel supply and store
5. Drainage and sewerage and effluent treatment
6. RC sloping hard
7. Boat repair/parking yard behind RC sloping hard and
8. General electricity
Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/6 gives the outline of the fishery harbour with the approach roads from the
Navagoan-Thal fishing villages and thereafter connecting to the Alibag-Revas highway at the RCFL.
The fishery harbour layout prepared to a scale of 1:1000 incorporating the above waterside and
shore side facilities is shown in Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7. Before finalisation of the conceptual fishery
harbour layout, the same has been discussed with the RCFL for mutual consultation and acceptance.
8.5 Waterside Facilities
8.5.1 Rubble Mound Training walls
As narrated in paragraph 7.2.9 of the previuos Chapter 7, the main drawback of the existing Thal
creek is that fishing boats can pass though the creek only during high waters very much restricting
the fishery activities. This prompted the RCFL to refer the problem to the reputed organisation i.e.,
Central Water and Power Research Station (CWPRS), Pune seeking solution. The CWPRS proposal
consists of 640 m long two parallel training walls of flexible rubble mound structure extending up to
0.0 m contour with 40 m round head portion as shown in Figure 8-1. The clear specing between the
two training walls is kept 60 m (from toe bottom). The width (top) of navigation channel is kept at
40m.
The training wall sections consists of 1-2 tonne stones in the armour placed at 1V:2H slope for the
root portion of traning walls/groyne to +1.0 m bed level, 2-3 tonne stones in the armour for 0.0 m
bed level. A round head portion has been suggested with 2-3 tonne stones in the armour placed at
1V:2H slope for 0.0 m bed level. A 150 m long bank protection work at root portion of southern
training wall is also suggested. The cross sections showing the details of armour layers, secondary
layers, toe bund and core with the bedding layer for the round head and trunk section are shown in
Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/8. The cross sections at different bed levels are marked along the alignment of
the training walls.

Kolkata August 2015
Figure 8-1: CWPRS proposal of training walls
The design cross sections of training walls have been evolved based on desk and wave flume studies
conducted at CWPRS, Pune. These studies have been conducted in a 40 m long regular wave flume
for maximum breaking wave height of 3 m at 0.0 m bed level and 8-12 second wave period. The
details of the desk and wave flume studies are presented in CWPRS Technical Report No.5138 of
January 2014.
For the hydraulic stability of the training walls, breaking wave height of 3 m with wave period
between 10-12 seconds is considered for the following design conditions:
a) Zero order damage (<1%) with breaking wave height of 3 m at the high water level of 4.8 m.
b) First order damage (between 1% to 5%) with breaking wave height of 3.5 m at the high
water level of 4.8 m.
c) The wave periods of 8-12 seconds
d) The marginal overtoping and considerable splashing permitted during the high water level
with wave height more than 2.5 m.
e) The stability of the section was also assesed at intermediate water level (+3.2 m)
The trunk portion of training wall was tested under normal attack of waves in 2-D wave flume. The
model study results indicated that there was marginal splashing and no overtopping of the waves. It
was also observed that the highest wave runup was up to +5.8 m CD. The waves were breaking on
the armour/toe causing no damage to the structure. The above tests were repeated with respect to
different wave periods.

Kolkata August 2015
8.5.2 Construction of Training walls
Based on the desk and wave flume studies conducted at CWPRS, Pune, the cross sections of the
training walls at different bed levels are evolved and confirmed by the hydraulic stability tests in the
wave flume. A brief description of the training wall sections are narrated below.
8.5.2.1 Cross section of training walls from root to +1.0 m bed level (Section B-B)
Section B-B as shown in Figure 8-1 above and Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/8 from root to +1.0 m bed level
consists of 1-2 tonne stones in armour with 1V:2H slope on seaside and 200-300 kg stones in the
armour with 1V:2H slope on the channel side. The seaside toe level is fixed at +1.2 m with 2 m wide
toe-berm consisting of 200-300 kg stones. A 4 m wide crest consists of 1-2 tonne stones placed at
top elevation +6.0 m. A A secondary layer consists of 50-100 kg stones provided below the armour
on seaside. Core consists of 10-50 kg stones and the bedding layer up to 10 kg stones is proposed.
8.5.2.2 Cross section of training walls from +1.0 m to 0.0 m bed level (Section C-C)
Section C-C as shown in Figure 8-1 above and Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/8 of training walls from +1.0 m to
0.0 m bed level consists of 2-3 tonne stones in armour with 1V:2H slope on seaside and 300-500 kg
stones in the armour with 1V:2H slope on the channel side. The seaside toe level is fixed at +2.8 m
with 3 m wide toe-berm consisting of 1-2 tonne stones. The channel side toe level is fixed at +1.4 m
with 2 m wide toe-berm consisting of 300-500 kg stones. A 4 m wide crest consists of 2-3 tonne
stones placed at top elevation +6.5 m. A secondary layer consists of 100-300 kg stones provided
below the armour on seaside. Core consists of 10-100 kg stones and the bedding layer up to 10 kg
stones is proposed.
8.5.2.3 Cross section of training walls at 0.0 m bed level (Section D-D)
Section D-D as shown in Figure 8-1 above and Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/8 for the round head portion of
training walls at 0.0 m bed level consists of 2-3 tonne stones in armour with 1V:2H slope on both
sides. A 4 m wide crest consists of 2-3 tonne stones placed at top elevation +6.5 m. The rest level of
the toe is fixed at elevation +2.8 m with 3 m wide toe-berm consisting of 1-2 tonne stones on both
sides. A secondary layer consists of 200-300 kg stones provided below the armour and in the toe
berm on both sides. Core consists of 10-100 kg stones and the bedding layer up to 10 kg stones is
proposed.
The plan of the round head portion is shown in Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/8.
8.5.3 Entrance Channel Dimensions and Dredging
The proposed Navagoan-Thal fishery centres are located on the open coast of Arabian Sea and the
Thal creek which is 30-40 m wide and 2-3 m deep during high waters. It is presently serving as the
entrance channel to enter into/depart from the fishery centres and the creek dries up during spring
waters (see Figure 7-1).
After the fishing boats return from their fishing voyage, safe passage of the fishing boats through the
entrance channel to fish unloading and anchorage areas is the first and foremost task. For this, a
sufficiently deep, protected, well-marked and easily navigable entrance channel from the sea is must.
It should be foreseen that during the fishing season, there will be irregular movements by several small
to big size fishing vessels, simultaneously trying to go out and enter in to the fish landing site. It is,
therefore, essential to provide the minimum width of the entrance channel such that safe two-lane

Kolkata August 2015
traffic is possible at all times of tidal conditions.
Width of the entrance channel must also be narrow in order to exclude the wave energy, but it must
be wide enough to allow safe entry of fishing vessels. Further, the entrance channel must be large
enough to pass the largest boat expected to use the fish landing site and these dimensions may
require a wide opening between the training walls. Table 8-4 shows the planning guidelines for
recreational boating harbours and facilities in terms of entrance channel bottom width and depth
which is also applicable for small fishing vessels.
Table 8-4: Planning guidelines for recreational boating and fishery vessels
Source Channel Width Channel Depth Other Considerations

Planning Guidelines for • 30 m for harbours up to • minimum depth 2-3 m; • orient to prevent broadside
Recreational Harbours 300 boats (two way traffic) must accommodate boats navigation into the channel until
in Ontario (DFO, 1992) • 15 m more for each using the harbour shelter is reached
additional 300 boats (consider wave climate) • minimize breaking waves in the
• also consider channel • provide design depth full entrance
length, turns, currents, width of the channel • over dredge, if sedimentation is
sailing possibility • consider bottom expected
materials (soft/hard) • currents less than 0.3 m/s for
navigation
• shelter mooring area to provide
less than 0.3 m wave
Layout and Design • minimum 75 ft (23 m) • minimum depth 3 ft
Guidelines for Small width (0.9 m) below deepest
Craft Berthing Facilities draft anticipated or 5 ft
(State of (1.5 m), whichever is
California,1984) greater
• Allow for siltation
Report on Small Craft • Minimum 50 ft (15 m) or • Minimum depth should
Harbours (ASCE, No. five times the beam of be the sum of draft, squat,
50,1969), and Small- largest boat using the one half of the design
Craft Harbours: Design, harbour wave plus overdepth (0.3
Construction and m for soft bottom and 0.6
Operation (CERC, 1974) m for rock)
PIANC2 has published a guide for design of entrance channel according to which minimum entrance
channel width is computed in Table 8-5 below:
Table 8-5: Entrance channel width allowances (B= maximum beam of vessel)
Description Allowance
Basic manoeuvring lane: good 1.7 B
Aid to navigation: good 0.1 B
Cross wind: 15-33 knot 0.4 B
Total = 6.4 B
Cross current: 1.5-2.0 knot 1.0 B
=6.4x4.9 m
Waves: 1-3 m 1.0 B
=31.36 m
Sea bed characteristics: soft 0.1 B
Cargo hazard: low 0.0 B
Separation distance: 8-12 knot 1.6 B
2
Permanent International Association of Navigation Congresses, 1997. Approach channels: a guide for design, final report
of the joint working group PIANC and IAPH, in cooperation with IMPA and IALA, Supplement to Bulletin No. 95, June 1997.

Kolkata August 2015
Bank clearance: sloping edge 0.5 B
From all above considerations, entrance channel width at the bed level is chosen as 40 m and the
toe to toe distance of the training walls is kept as 60 m.
The depth of entrance channel depends on a number of factors such as

 Maximum draft of vessel in fully loaded condition
 Other vessel related factors such as squat (sinkage due to vessel’s speed and trim
(unevenness keel due to loading condition) and the vertical response to waves
 Water level mostly related to tide levels and
 Channel bottom factors including variation in the dredged level and the likely sedimentation
after maintenance dredging
It is seen that the draft requirement for the maximum size of boat of 15 m OAL bag netters/gill
netters is around 1.5 m. Therefore, it is proposed to dredge the entrance channel contained
between the training walls and as shown in the layout Drg.No. RCFL/WBFC/7 to a depth of 0.0 m CD
so that fishing boats will be able to enter and exit during low waters.
8.5.4 Revetment Protection
About 150 m long bank protection work at root portion of southern training wall is suggested inside
the entrance channel. A brief description of the training wall sections is given below.
8.5.4.1 Cross section of bank protection inside the Thal creek (section A-A)
Section A-A is as shown in Figure 8-1 above and Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/8 is designed as a bank
protection work inside the mouth of the creek. The channel side bed level of the toe berm of the
cross section is kept at 0.0 m (dredged level). The cross section consists of 100-200 kg stones in the
armour with 1V:2H slope on channel side. The channel side toe level is fixed at +0.65 m with 1 m
wide toe berm cons sisting of 30-50 kg stones. The 4 m wide crest at +5.5 m top consists of extended
armour layer stones. A secondary layer consists of 30-50 kg stones and core consists of 10-50 kg
stones. A 15 cm thick bedding layer of nylon bags filled with stone grit (5 mm size) is suggested as a
cushion coat above the geofabric filter layer.
8.5.5 Multi-Purpose Fish Landing Jetty
Basically choosing the type of structure for quay depends on the type of substrata met at site. From
the subsoil investigations carried out by M/S Associated Engineers, Kolkata whose results are
furnished in Chapter 7, it is seen that the Thal creek from the general ground level up to a depth of
1.5 to 5 m (Layer 1) is medium to dense silty sand. Below that for a depth of 1 to 6 m (Layer II) is
completely weathered fractured basalt and further below (Layer IV) is highly weathered fractured
basalt.
Therefore, keeping in mind the local subsoil characteristics, a multi-purpose RC bored pile jetty
structure in the form of T-shaped jetty for the quay is thought as appropriate structure to serve as
fish landing, outfitting, repair and idle-berthing. It is expected that the open type bored piled

Kolkata August 2015
structure for the jetty would least obstruct the tidal flow in the Thal creek. The proposed jetty
structure has top concrete platform for the fish landing, outfitting and idle-berthing of boats during
all stages of tide.
The construction of the proposed RC bored piled structure is in the following the sequence below.
1. The first step is to drill a hole of the require diameter into the ground.
2. When the design depth or foundation bearing layer is reached, drilling stopped.
3. The hole is then cleaned.
4. Steel reinforcement cage is lowered into the hole.
5. Concrete is then poured into the hole until the designed cut-off level of the pile.
6. After Step 5, the construction of bored pile is deemed to be completed.
8.5.5.1 Fish Landing Jetty Length
The landing jetty length for the proposed fishery harbour has been calculated considering 15 m OAL
bag netters/gill netters, their duration of fishing trips, quantity of fish landed, time required for
docking, undocking of these vessels, unloading rate of the fish catch at the fish landing jetty and the
duration of fishing hours at the harbour.
The important assumptions made in the calculations are highlighted below:
 10% of the fishing fleet may not go out for fishing due to maintenance, repair or some other reason.
 The 15 m OAL bag netters/gill netters, which go on single day trip.
 During peak season, the 15 m OAL bag netters/gill netters will arrive with 20% increase in fish catch.
 During peak season 40% of 15 m OAL bag netters/gill netters and 8 m traditional vessels doing single
day trip may arrive in an hour with 20% increase in fish catch.
 A uniform unloading rate of 4500 kg/hour in fish baskets/boxes by manual labour is assumed for both
15 m OAL gill netters and 7 m traditional non-mechanized gill netters.
 Duration of fish landing by fishing vessels and outfitting these vessels are reasonably assumed to be 6
hours and 8 hours respectively.
 The average landing jetty length for a boat consists of average length of the boat in their category
plus a spacing of 10% of the overall length of the vessel between the boats to facilitate safe
manoeuvring.
 For the operational convenience, the 15 m OAL gill-netters will operate from the jetty while the 8 m
traditional non-mechanized boats will land their fish catch on the existing concrete wharves/ RC
sloping hard.
15 m size gill-netters – 324 numbers (performing single day fishing trip with average fish landings
of 400 kg)
The number of boats operating per day = 0.9 x 324 = 291.6 say 292
Number of arrivals in a day during peak season = 0.4 x 292 = 116.8 say 117

Kolkata August 2015
Average fish landing per boat = 400 kg

Peak fish landing per boat = 400 x 1.2 = 480 kg
Time required for docking and undocking boat = 2 + 2 = 4 min.
Time required for fish unloading at 4500 kg/hour = 480 x 60/4500 = 6.4 say 7 min.
Total time required = 4 + 7 = 11 min.
No. of berths required to handle 49 vessels in 6 hours = (117 x 11)/ (6 x 60) = 3.58 Say 4
Length of the fish landing jetty required = 4 x (15 +1.5) = 66 m
Length of fish landing jetty provided = 68 m
The arrangement for fish landing jetty of 68 m for 15 m size bag netters/gill-netters on Thal creek is
shown in Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/9.
8.5.5.2 Outfitting Requirement for 15 m Size Bag netters/Gill-netters
Before proceeding on a fishing trip, the 15 m OAL boats collect fuel, fresh water and ice in addition
to food provisions. However, the full length of fish landing jetty will be in use for a maximum of 3-4
hours during peak fish landings and for the rest of day, it will not be used. As such, the fish landing
jetty of 68 m provided will serve the outfitting requirement for 15 m size bag netters/gill-netters. In
addition to this, there are a number of existing concrete wharves by the side of proposed fish
landing jetty as shown in layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7 for outfitting purpose.
8.5.5.3 Repair and Idle-Berthing Requirement for 15 m Size Gill-Netters
The fishermen take rest after each fishing trip and, therefore, the vessels have to be idle-berthed for
some time during the day. During idle-berthing time, the fishermen take out their fishing nets either
for drying or mending and then reload the nets into their boats. The necessity for idle-berthing for all
boats may arise on some festival days or during rough weather when the boats skip fishing. As
explained in the previous paragraphs, there is already scarcity of land and waterfront at Navagoan-
Thal fishery centres. It is to be noted that the present practice of the fishing boats operating for the
purpose of idle-berthing is to anchor safely in the sheltered waters of Thal creek and it is expected
that the same practice would continue.
Similarly, the 15 m mechanized boats will occasionally need minor repairs to their engine/machinery
and other parts onboard while they remain afloat and tied to the jetty. Since the fish landing jetty
will be in use for a maximum of 3-4 hours during peak fish landings only and for the rest of day it is
unused, the fish landing jetty will serve the limited need of Idle-berthing requirement for 15 m size
bag netters/gill-netters to enable the fishing boats to unload and reload the nets and other
provisions into their boats in addition to boat repair on the waterside. In addition to this, there are a
number of existing concrete wharves by the side of proposed fish landing jetty as shown in the
layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/6 for idle-berthing purpose.
8.5.5.4 Fish Landing, Outfitting and Idle-Berthing Requirement of 8 m Size Traditional Non-
Mechanised Boats
As the traditional non-motorised boats would find it difficult to use the fish landing jetty, the fish
landing, outfitting and idle-berthing requirements of 8 m traditional non-mechanized boats would be
fulfilled either from the existing low level concrete wharves or from the RC sloping hard. Also for
repairing these light-weight boats, they could be pulled out of waters and serviced on land behind

Kolkata August 2015
the RC sloping hard. In addition, the 8 m traditional non-mechanised boats being smaller in size and
lighter in weight will be idle-berthed on land surface provided behind the RC sloping hard as shown
in the layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/10.
8.5.5.5 Crest Level of Multi-purpose Fish Landing Jetty
The criteria for fixing of the crest level of the fish landing jetty in respect of the requirement of fish
landing, outfitting, idle-berthing and repair is that it should facilitate easy unloading of fish
baskets/boxes, loading of ice, water and fuel, besides taking out the nets and tackles from the bigger
fishing vessels of 15 m OAL by manual labour during high waters. Similarly, it will be very difficult for
the boats to unload fish, nets and tackles during low waters, if the crest level of the fish landing,
outfitting, idle-berthing and repair jetty is more than a man's height from the deck level of fishing
vessel.
Keeping in view the above requirement of the mechanised boats and also considering that the spring
tidal range at site is of the order of 3.6 m, the RC bored pile is provided at +5.0 m level with an
allowance for free board of 0.6 m above the MHWS of +4.4 m. The basis for allowing a free board of
0.6 m is that the crest level of the jetty could be occasionally submerged during maximum spring
high waters/high flood level at site which is around +5.4 m.
The knowledge of highest admiralty tide/high flood level of +5.4 m at Navagoan-Thal site occurring
during highest spring tides/floods is based on the local enquiry. However, the possibility of the jetty
getting submerged due to storm surges during the occurrences of extreme weather conditions like
severe storms and depressions is totally not ruled out. But, the event is unlikely to cause any serious
damage to the harbour property as the average land reclamation is at +5.5 m.
8.5.5.6 Structural Details of Fish Landing Jetty
The width of fish landing jetty provided is 5 m, which serves as an open space to unload and
temporarily stack the fish baskets/crates from the vessels before they are moved to fish handling
and auction hall. The surface of the jetty is moderately smooth so that it will not be slippery when it
is wet. In addition to this, the jetty surface is given a gentle slope on waterside so that the jetty
surface remains dry. The jetty is provided with bollards and mooring rings/hooks for securing the
boats to the jetty face. C.I. Bollards of 5 tonne capacity are spaced at closer interval of 8 m with
mooring rings/hooks in between.
Used rubber tyre fenders are provided at regular interval all along the jetty face to absorb the
impact of fishing boats while docking and undocking operations. The mooring system includes
C.I.bollards at 10 m centre-to-centre spacing with mooring rings in between. While the fish landing
jetty is provided with lighting arrangements in the form of concealed PVC conduits below the deck
slab to carry out loading and unloading operations even during the night hours, the fish landing jetty
is provided with arrangements for carrying supply lines for fresh water right at the jetty face.
The storage and supply of fuel facilities behind the fish landing jetty would be strictly as per the
national and international operational safety standards. For the bigger boats of 15 m OAL proceeding
on fishing voyages, fresh water would be supplied through pipeline and water taps provided right on
the jetty face. This would totally eliminate the manual labour in carrying large quantity of fresh water
from distant places and in turn create slippery conditions on the jetty top due to spillage of water.

Kolkata August 2015
The following loadings/load combinations have been assumed for the structural design of the RC
bored pile structure, besides considering the appropriate seismic forces as per IS: 1893 for Zone III as
applicable for Navagoan-Thal site.
Live Loads Vertical : Uniformly distributed load of 2 t/sq.m and
Horizontal : 0.3 t/m perpendicular to the jetty face.
0.1 t/m parallel to the jetty face.
Load combinations (as per IS: 456 and IS: 1893)
1. 1.5 (DL + LL)

2. 1.2 (DL + LL+MP)
3. 1.5 (DL + MP)
4. 0.9 DL + 1.5 MP
Where DL, LL and MP stands for dead load, live load and mooring pull respectively. Berthing loads
due to impact of fishing boats would be negligible and the same is not considered in the design.
However, mooring pull due to wind and current along the length of quay structure is considered
which is found to be the riding factor over the seismic forces. Since the fish landing centre site is not
exposed to sea waves, wave forces are not considered in the design. The combination of loadings is
dead load, live load and mooring pull for the worst situation with appropriate factor of safety and
the design is based on limit state method.
The grade of concrete to be used for RC bored pile is M35, whereas the grade of concrete to be used
for deck slab is M20. Clear cover for all the concrete structures is increased by 50 mm as required for
the hostile marine environment conditions. The detailed design calculations for the RC bored pile
jetty can be seen in Annexure 8-1. In order to avoid traffic congestion on the jetty and to ensure free
movement of fishermen over the jetty surface, vehicles (especially smote-emitting) are not to be
permitted on these structures.
The plan, elevation and sections of the fish landing jetty and the approach jetty together with the
structural details like bored pile thickness, embedment length, capping beam, deck slab, rubber tyre
fenders, C.I.bollards, mooring rings etc., are shown in Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/9.
8.5.6 RC Sloping Hard
As per the practice in the existing fishery harbours/fish landing centres in Maharashtra for
undertaking repairs to fishing boats on land, RC sloping hard is provided to transfer the boats from
the waterfront to land and vice versa for undertaking of major repairs. The RC sloping hard is also for
launching of new fishing vessels. Transfer of fishing boats out of waters would be by means of boat
cradle mounted on trailer and pulled by the force of tractor. The surface area of 2400 sq.m in the
sloping hard is of precast concrete blocks and/or in-situ concrete of grade M25 with a flat slope of
1V:10 H to ensure its speedy construction in tidal inundated conditions as well as for quick
transportation of boats from water to land and vice-versa.
The width of the RC sloping hard provided is 40 m for the maximum beam of MFVs of 5 m sufficient
enough to take on two boats at a time with safe manoeuvring space on either side. The structural
details of RC sloping hard are given in Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/10. Their locations on either side of Thal
creek one on Navagoan fishery centre side and the other on Thal fishery centres side are shown in
layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7 exclusively by the traditional non-mechanised boats.
For the small traditional non-mechanised boats of 8 m OAL and less, the RC bored pile jetty structure
specially designed for the requirement of 15 m mechanised boats will not be suitable for fish landing,

Kolkata August 2015
outfitting, repair and idle-berthing. Therefore, RC sloping hard provided as above will also serve the
needs of the small traditional non-mechanised boats.
8.5.7 Navigation Aids
It is a known fact that the fishing vessels do not follow any rigid time schedule during fishing
operations. Vessel operators may like to go for fishing either during day time or night hours
depending on the knowledge of fish shoals and fish behaviour. While smaller boats of a day’s fishing
trip would try to be fishing in nearshore waters, the bigger boats may go farther deep in the sea, and
will be in touch with the shore station with the help of modern electronic position finders and
gadgets. It is therefore necessary that the quays need to be visually and electronically identifiable by
the fishing boats during day and night times, when the fishing vessels approach or depart the fishery
harbour.
At present, the Thal creek has no navigation buoys/lights to guide the fishing vessels in the creek
during night hours. For the rubble mound training walls and entrance channel to be visible in night,
marker/lighted buoys need to be installed. Some more lighted buoys/beacons may also be required
to demarcate the training wall alignment for ensuring safe navigation of fishing vessels. Provision is
made for the navigation aids (four lighted MS buoys) in the project cost. However, the specific
requirement and details need to be worked out at the time of actual project implementation.
8.6 Landside Facilities

8.6.1 Land Reclamation
Correlation of tide levels at Navagoan-Thal site with that of Karanja tidal port during springs and the
local enquiries pertaining to floods have revealed that the highest spring tide at site could reach a
level of +5.4 m. As such, the average reclamation level is proposed at +6.0 m to prevent the fishery
harbour area flooding from inundation during floods and highest astronomical tides. The quantum of
land reclamation is to be met from the dredged material from the entrance channel and borrowed
earth. The borrowed earth to be utilised in filling on the landside for locating the shore based
harbour facilities is shown in the layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7.
8.6.2 Improvements to Existing Fish Handling and Auction Buildings
There are already a number of existing sheltered fish handling and auction buildings within the
premises of the Navagoan-Thal fishery centres which are sufficient to meet the quantum of fish
landed on day-to-day basis. There, the auction field staff could assess the quality and quantity of fish
being sold in auction and keep track of the quantum of fish landings. After each batch of fish is
handled and auctioned, cleaning and disinfecting of floors, walls and fish boxes would be done with
chlorinated seawater. Each auction process with fish coming in batches is expected to last at least
for 1.5 to 2 hours during which time all the pre-processing operations like fish washing, sorting,
weighing, auctioning and fish packing with ice including loading of fish in the waiting refrigerated
vans could be completed. Fish transported from the fishery harbour complex is only in the form of
fresh fish as further fish processing for export is done elsewhere in the fish processing plants.

Kolkata August 2015
i) 15 m size bag netters/gill netters with single day fishing trip duration and average landings of 400 kg
The number of boats operating per day = 0.9 x 324 = 291.6 say 292
Number of arrivals in an hour during fish landing hours of the harbour = 292/6 = 48.7 say 49
Peak fish landing per boat = 1.2 x 400 = 480 kg
Total fish landing from 49 boats = 49 x 480 = 23520 kg
ii) 8 m size traditional non-mechanized boats - 20 numbers performing one-day fishing trip and average
landings of 150 kg)
The number of boats operating per day = 0.9 x 20 = 18

Number of arrivals during peak hour = 0.4 x 18 = 7.2 say 8
Peak fish landing per boat = 1.2 x 150 = 180 kg
Total fish landing from 18 boats = 180 x 18 = 3240 kg
Total quantity of fish catch landed during peak hour

(in tonne)
15 m size gill netters (single day fishing trip) 23.52

8 m size traditional non-mechanised boats (single day fishing 03.24
trip)
Total 26.76
The purpose of the improvements to the existing fish handling and auction buildings is to facilitate
hygienic fish handling, better sanitation and for introducing fish marketing facility with a transparent
auction system for the benefit of fishing boat operators to get a fair price for their fish produce. In
the manner that the existing fish handling and auction buildings at the Navagoan-Thal fishery
harbour are renovated, it provides good scope for ensuring fish quality, collection of statistics on
quantum of fish being landed at the harbour, monitoring of fishery resources etc. The construction of
building would be as per the IS standard specifications keeping in mind the MPEDA guidelines and
other international Euro norms and HACCP practices pertaining to hygienic fish handling.
The existing sheltered fish handling and auction buildings after required improvements would be the
nerve-centre of the fishery harbour where the fresh fish landed from boats is cleaned, sorted by
species and size-wise weighed, auctioned, dried, packed and distributed to the local, national and
international markets.
Quantum of water required in the existing fish handling and auction buildings for cleaning fish, floor
cleaning and fish box washing would be manifold compared to water required for personal use.
Therefore, instead of fresh water, clean, bacteria-free seawater would be used in all the cleaning
operations. The buildings have the provision for cleaning of fish in running chlorinated seawater.
One or more seawater hydrants would be installed in each of these fish handling and auction
buildings to facilitate cleaning of fish. Specially designed chlorinated seawater distribution system
would connect all the buildings. For this, clean seawater would be made available from an overhead
tank pumped from the shallow tube well to be installed within the fishery harbour complex.
Together with seawater supply system, the building will have arrangement for supply of fresh water
for the usage of people working in the buildings. Separate fresh water lines will be laid for this

Kolkata August 2015
purpose. The seawater and freshwater supply lines would be colour-coded to distinguish between
the two supply lines. Pipes and pipe fittings including valves would be of PVC/HDPE plastic to avoid
marine corrosion. Valves would be of ball type with few moving parts. In the wake of increasing
demand for hygienic handling of fish in the auction buildings, use of non-corroding, water-tight
plastic crates/boxes is preferred over other forms such as bamboo baskets used for fish unloading
operations in some fishery harbours.
The fish handling and auction buildings would have drainage arrangements for washed water. All the
washed water from the fish handling and auction buildings would be connected to the effluent
treatment plant through drains. Since the drains are likely to be frequently blocked by fish wastes, the
drains provided are of open type, but covered with galvanised steel metal grids/gratings or perforated
concrete slabs so that the top covering can be easily removed and replaced during inspection and
cleaning operations. The front and back of fish handling and auction buildings on the fish landing jetty
side and fish loading areas would be well lit with lights.
8.6.3 Approach Road and Internal Roads
At present, Navagoan fishing village is connected by an asphalt road of 2.5 km from Alibag-Revas
main road, but that there is only a mud road that connects the Navagoan fishery centre up to the
existing concrete wharf by the side of Thal creek where the fish landings takes place. The mud road
is all the time seen busy plying with all kinds of vehicles and pedestrians. As such, the Navagoan-Thal
fishery harbour site lacks a good approach road. In view of the likely congestion of traffic when the
fishery harbour is developed, at least a single-lane concrete approach road is essential to regulate
vehicular traffic. The proposed approach road to the fishery harbour is shown in the layout
Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7.
Within the fishery harbour, the internal roads of sufficient width to cater to single-lane traffic are
proposed. The internal roads are also of concrete roads. These roads demarcate the limit of the
utility buildings and areas. The road section for the single-lane traffic with the formation layers are
shown in Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/11. The arrangement of approach road and internal road network is
shown in the layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7. The road widths shown in the layout drawing include the
pedestrian path over the covered storm drains and vehicular traffic lanes-cum-service lines such as
drainage and sewerage, fresh water supply, street lighting poles etc. The extent of concrete
approach road and internal road surfaces for a single-lane traffic (3.5 m wide) is 5 km of 17500 sq.m.
8.6.4 RC Bridge
In order to connect the Navagoan-Thal fishery centres which stands separated by the Thal creek, it is
proposed to construct a RC bridge as shown in the fishery harbour layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/12. The
dimensions of the culvert proposed are 7.25 m wide and 49.35 m long. The bridge rests on bored
piles of 100 mm dia. M30 grade of RCC is to be used for the piles structure and M25 grade of RCC is
proposed for the remaining components of the bridge.
8.6.5 Vehicle Parking Area
There will be many fish traders and consumers visiting the fishery harbour on their vehicles like
trucks, vans, auto rickshaws, scooters, bi-cycles, tri-cycles etc., for collecting and transporting fish
and fish products to nearby fish markets and consuming centres. In addition, there will be vehicles
connected with the fishery industry bringing ice and other commodities. Therefore, adequate vehicle
parking area in the form of concrete surface is provided in the fishery harbour.

Kolkata August 2015
The area earmarked for vehicle parking in concrete surface of 600 sq.m is shown in the layout
Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7. The concrete surface will comprise formation layers as shown in
Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/11. In addition, the buildings located within the fishery harbour provide for
enough land to accommodate vehicle-parking areas within the plot areas designated for these
buildings.
8.6.6 Fishermen Rest Shed-cum-Fishery Administrative Office
The work of the fishermen is hard and fatiguing. Their job is such that they have to leave at night or
early morning hours for fishing when the conditions are favourable. They are also required to keep
watch on their boats anchored in the Thal creek or else lying on the quayside. There could also be
homeless fishermen who have temporarily migrated from the neighbouring fishery centres and
made their fishing base from Navagoan-Thal during the peak-fishing season. Therefore, fishermen
rest house is needed for resting/recreation purposes at the fishery harbour.
Fishery administrative office is necessary for the management and maintenance of harbour facilities,
for regulating activities relating to fishery industry such as fish handling and auction buildings, fish
prices and the movement of fishing vessels in and out of the fishery harbour. Fishery administrative
officer or his deputy along with his supporting staff is expected to work from this office to look after
the day-to-day activities.
Since there is need to economise on the cost of construction, it is proposed to combine the fishermen
rest shed wherein the basement at the ground level would serve as fishermen rest shed and the
building structure in the first floor over the rest shed would be the fishery administrative office As
such, the proposed fishermen rest shed-cum-fishery administrative with a floor area of 120.98 sq.m
on each floor is shown in the layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7.
The fishermen rest shed in the ground floor provides for built-in facilities like bathing, washing, toilet
and urinals for the occupants. The rest shed would also be useful as fishermen community centres
for multi-purpose activities. Fishery administrative office in the first floor provides for rooms to
Fishery Administrative Officer, Harbour Officer, staff rooms, record room, toilet and first-aid services
for providing emergency medical help to the needy fishermen.
The plan and elevation of the fishermen rest shed-cum-fishery administrative office is shown in
Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/13.
8.6.7 Fishermen’s Gear Shed-cum-Radio-communication Tower
Between the rest days of the fishing voyages and during non-fishing season, some fishing vessel
operators for security reasons may prefer to keep their fishing gear in the fish gear sheds instead of
keeping in the fishing vessels. As such, fishing gear storage cabins with locking arrangements are
required to be provided. For this purpose, a limited number of fishing gear storage sheds/locker
rooms (having 8 cabins with a plinth area of 89.44 sq.m) is proposed in the fishery harbour. The basis
for arriving at the plinth area of the gear storage shed is that a fishing boat operator would need 9
sq.m of floor space for storing gears and tackles. For this reason, each cabin provided is of size 3 m x

Kolkata August 2015
3 m in floor area with additional racks provided for storing petty items like paints, lubricants, hooks,
floats etc. The gear shed is located on the landside so that the fishing boat operators can keep the
fishing gear in safe custody in the gear shed/locker room under lock.
In order to coordinate the shore-to-ship and ship-to-shore communication between the fishing
vessels, to keep watch and regulate fishing vessel’s movements within the fishery harbour complex,
to disseminate information to fishermen relating to exact fishing grounds, movement of fish shoals,
navigation hazards etc., and to guide/extend necessary assistance to the fishing boats making distress
calls from far off sea, a radio-communication tower is very much required in a fishery harbour.
Since there is need to economise on the cost of construction, it is proposed to combine the fishermen
gear shed and radio-communication tower wherein the basement at the ground level would serve as
fishermen gear shed and the building structure in the first floor over the gear shed would be the
radio-communication tower as shown in the layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7. The radio-communication
tower would be equipped with skilled technicians, VHF instruments and other equipment to provide
round-the-clock service and two-way communication to fishing boat operators.
The radio-communication tower would make necessary arrangements for display of signals, flags and
lamps to provide useful weather information and cyclone warning services to fishermen community
and caution them not to venture in to the sea during rough weather conditions. In addition, the radio-
communication tower would also be used to monitor the weather parameters and thus act as a local
meteorological observatory station whose results and findings could be used by fishery harbour
authorities and other user departments.
The Disaster Management Cell and the Environment Management Cell would be located in this
building and necessary communication facilities like telephone and internet will be provided for
disseminating weather information as well as advisories on potential fishing zones (PFZs) to the
fishing vessel operators.
The plan and elevation of the fishermen gear shed-cum-radio-communication tower is shown in
Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/14.
8.6.8 Net Mending Sheds
After every fishing trip, the nets will be wet and damaged to some extent. As such, top covered net
mending sheds but, opened from all four sides is required for the fishermen to repair their damaged
nets sitting under the sunshade. There are already a number of existing sheltered net mending sheds
within the premises of the Navagoan-Thal fishery centres to meet the requirement.
8.6.9 Concrete fish drying platforms
After the fish is brought to the shore, the raw fish goes into a separate fish marketing chain. But the
bulk of fresh fish (90%) is put out to dry. Therefore when we go to Navagoan-Thal fishery centres
during the fishing season, one is immediately overwhelmed by the odour of fish drying. Also we shall
find a whole host of people – mostly women – busily engaged in the process of sorting and drying

Kolkata August 2015
the fish. Although there are few raised concrete fish drying platforms seen at the Navagoan-Thal
fishery centres, most of the fishers’ practice of drying fishes on sand beds in an unhygienic way. For
this purpose, large tracts on the flat beach are made use for fish drying. Few fishers have started
using net beds for drying fish to minimize and avoid contamination with sand.
Therefore, in order to cater to the large demand for hygienic fish drying, it is proposed to construct
concrete fish drying platforms of size 20 m x 15 m (300 sq.m) in 282 numbers encircled with nets to
prevent entry of animals and pets. The locations of these concrete fish drying platforms are shown in
layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7 and the structural details given in Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/15.
8.6.10 Dry Fish Storage Shed
At present there are quite a number of dry fish sheds but are of thatched houses unsuitable and
unhygienic for dry fish storage. Therefore, dry fish storage shed in a pucca building of size 6.5 m x 4.5
m with asbestos sheet roofing is proposed at a location shown in the layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7
and the structural details given in Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/16.
8.6.11 Boat Repair Shops
Boat repair shops for attending to minor electrical/electronic/mechanical repairs, checking up of

lubricants and cooling system of the engines of fishing vessels is desirable at the fishery harbour. For
this, there are already a number of existing boat repair shops within the premises of the Navagoan-
Thal fishery centres to meet the requirement.
8.6.12 Restaurants
Restaurants are required for those working in the fish landing centre premises and visitors to have
refreshment and food. For this, there are already a number of eateries/restaurants existing within
the premises of the Navagoan-Thal fishery harbour as well as in the nearby Navagoan/Thal villages
to meet the requirement.
8.6.13 Public Toilet Block
From the sanitation point of view and essentially for maintaining a cleaner fishery harbour, adequate
lavatories, urinals and bathing facilities need to be provided near places where people tend to
concentrate in large numbers. For this purpose, in addition to a public toilet block already existing on
Thal fishery centre side, a modern public toilet block of 43.68 sq.m plinth area is provided on
Navagoan fishery centre side as shown in the layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7. This public toilet block is
in addition to the usual toilet and bathing facilities provided in the fishermen's rest shed-cum-fishery
administrative office and other buildings.
The interior details of the toilet block is shown in Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/17 and modelled to operate
on pay and use basis so that toilet block is managed and maintained in clean and hygienic manner.
The toilet provides for public conveniences like lavatories, urinals and bathing facilities to both
sections of ladies and gents.
8.6.14 Sea Water Supply and Distribution System
Quantum of water required in a fishery harbour for cleaning fresh fish, floor cleaning and fish box
washing would be manifold compared to water required for personal use. Therefore, clean and

Kolkata August 2015
bacteria-free seawater could be a better substitute for cleaning of fish, floor cleaning and fish box
washing in place of fresh water. There is already scarcity of fresh water in and around Navagoan-
Thal villages for their domestic needs. In order to conserve fresh water to the maximum extent
possible, clean and bacteria free seawater drawn from the subsurface level is proposed. The daily
requirement of seawater in the fishery harbour is computed as below:
1. Fish washing
Taken at 1 litre/kg of fish handled in fish auction buildings in peak season per day
= (400 kg x 292 boats x 1 litre/kg) + (150 kg x 18 boats x 1 litre/kg)
= 116800 + 2700 = 119500 litres
2. Cleaning of fish auction building premises and fish box washing

Tentatively taken 30000 litres
Total of (1+2) = 119500 + 30000 = 1,49,500 Say 1,50,000 litres
A separate pumping station with seawater distribution system other than normal fresh water
distribution system with the overhead water tank capacity of 75 K-litres is proposed in the fishery
harbour. Unpolluted and bacteria-free seawater would be pumped 2 to 3 times daily from the
shallow tube well and stored in the overhead tank. Uninterrupted power supply to shallow tube well
is ensured through electric power failing which diesel genset would supply the required power to
pump water from the tube well at all times.
In places like fishery harbours and fish landing centres where wooden boats and wood articles are
stored, there is always the possibility of fire mishaps. In order to fight fire, seawater would be quite
economical and avoid wastage of potable water for such purposes. The pressure requirement for
fighting fire is generally about 34 litres/second. Therefore, the seawater overhead water tank capacity
of 75 K-litres provided for supply of seawater to fish handling and auction buildings could also be
used for fire-fighting which is enough to fight fire for nearly one to two hours. In addition, quantity
of seawater could always be substantiated by pumping seawater for more hours. The seawater
overhead tank is located in a place close to the fish handling and auction buildings as shown in the
layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7.
8.6.15 Fresh Water Supply and Distribution System

Fresh water supply during the operation of fishery harbour must be adequate to meet the
requirements of fishing vessels to carry on their fishing trips, for manufacture of ice, industrial and
domestic use. The water used by vessels, fish industries, domestic purposes and ice making must be
potable. Presently, the source of fresh water supply for Navagoan-Thal fishery centres is made
available by RCFL through MIDC pipeline and the same needs to be substantiated for the daily fresh
water requirement as computed below:
A. For vessels going on fishing trips
1. 15 m OAL gill netters conducting single day fishing trip at 150 litres/boat/day
= 292 Nos. x 150 litres = 43,800 litres
2. 8 m OAL bag netters/gill-netters conducting daily fishing trip at 100 litres/boat/day
= 18 Nos. x 100 litres = 1,800 litres
Total of (1 + 2) = 43,800 + 1,800 = 45,600 litres
B. For fishermen and fishery industry people working within the fishery harbour complex
2000 Nos. x 20 litres/day = 40,000 litres
C. For ice plant (20 tonne ice capacity/day)

Kolkata August 2015
Considering 2 days reserve ice capacity, 25000 litres x 2 days = 50,000 litres
D. For future ancillary fish industries to be located within the fishery harbour complex
Since the exact capacity of these industries is not known at present, freshwater requirement is
tentatively taken as 10,000 litres.
Daily fresh water requirement (A+B+C+D) = 1,45,600 litres say 1,50,000 litres
The proposed fishery harbour has provision for an underground water storage sump of 150 K-litres
capacity and overhead water tank capacity of 75 K-litres. The arrangement for bulk supply of
freshwater to fishing boats is by extending water pipes to the jetty face and making available the
required number of fresh water outlets with taps. A separate pumping station with freshwater
distribution system is provided. Fresh water would be pumped 2 to 3 times daily from the
underground water storage sumps and stored in the overhead tank. Uninterrupted power supply to
pump freshwater from the underground water sumps is ensured through electric power failing
which diesel genset would supply the required power to pump water from the tube well at any time.
The freshwater underground water sump and overhead water tank will be located central to the
shore side facilities such that freshwater can be distributed to the fish auction and other buildings.
8.6.16 Drainage/Sewerage and Effluent Treatment Plant
Sewage water from the fish handling and auction buildings before letting into the open seawaters
would be properly treated and disinfected for contaminants for which provision is made for effluent
treatment plant and septic tanks in other individual buildings. Effluent collected from the fish
handling and auction hall at the end of the sewers would be given secondary treatment in a specially
built effluent treatment plant to be set up at one corner of the fish landing centre.
The proposed effluent treatment plant would be very compact and utilise innovative design in order
to minimise land requirement. Designs would be used which have been proven and successfully
applied in other sites/locations treating municipal sewage at similar flow rates. Further the effluent
treatment plant would be designed to be aesthetically attractive and visually compatible with the
surrounding area and land uses. The location of the effluent treatment plant is shown in the layout
Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7. However, the specific requirement and details of the effluent treatment
plant need to be worked out at the time of actual project implementation. Other buildings in the
fishery harbour complex with conveniences like WC/urinal, bath and wash water have facility for
primary treatment in septic tanks of appropriate size and in turn connected to general sewerage
system. Sewer lines, inspection chambers and manholes would be built wherever required in the fish
landing centre to collect and guide sewage.
The storm water drains built on either side of the road are covered with pre-cast concrete slabs to
serve as pedestrians’ foot-path. Provision for solid waste collection includes the air-tight PVC
containers and receptacles placed in strategic locations of the fish landing centre depending on the
type of solid waste (organic and inorganic) being generated in the fishery harbour.
On the landside of fish landing jetty/concrete wharves, spent engine oil would be collected in special
double-walled containers and placed inside the spent engine oil reception shed. Similarly, by the side
of the spent engine oil reception shed, provision is made for the collection of toxic waste such as
lead acid starter batteries, dry cells etc., protected from sun and rain in a toxic waste reception shed,
where water-tight containers are placed until the toxic waste is taken out for further disposal. Bilge
oil water separator is placed at a corner of the fish landing jetty/concrete wharf where bilge water
would be pumped from the fishing boats in to the bilge oil water separator for removal of oil from

Kolkata August 2015
the water. The location of the spent engine oil reception shed, toxic waste reception shed and the
bilge water separator are shown in the layout Drg.No.RCFL/WBFC/7.
8.6.17 Security and Main Gate
Security and main gate to check the entry and exit of vehicles and visitors in the fishery harbour
complex is needed. It also serves to ensure that the vehicles carrying fish loads and other fish
products leave the harbour premises after paying the toll tax/fee. Accordingly, it is proposed to
construct the main gate at the entrance of the fishery harbour.
8.6.18 Electric Power and Lighting System
Since the fishery harbour during peak fishing season is expected to be operative round the clock, the
fish landing jetty/concrete wharves need to be well lit for easy access by the fishermen and fishing
boats. Walkways and approaches to the fish landing jetty also need to be lighted for safety and
security reasons. Three-phase electric power supply is required for ice plants, refrigeration
equipment and other ancillary fish industries. In addition, electric power is required for street
lighting, illuminating vehicle parking areas, individual buildings etc.
Provision is made for the electric power supply, general lighting and 11 KVA electric substation
within the fishery harbour. High tower lights would be installed at the fish landing jetty, traffic
junctions and important places.
8.6.19 Land for Civic Amenities
The fishery harbour needs civic amenities such as food courts/outlets, tea/coffee and soft drink
dispensers, fast food counters, post, telecom, xerox, fax facilities including internet cafes, medical
stores and health services, financial institutions such as banks with automated teller machines
(ATMs), institutions extending credit/insurance services etc. Since large number of people
congregate in a fishery harbour during peak fishing season, a police outpost may be necessary to
maintain law and order and to thwart any untoward incidents effectively.
Apart from above, the fishermen at the fishery harbour require many items such as fish nets,
baskets, sinkers, buoys, anchors, ropes, automobile/machinery parts/products etc., for their fishing
vessels and gear. The fishermen also need to carry food provisions before going on a fishing trip. It is
also necessary for the mechanised fishing vessels to possess onboard electronic equipment such as
fish finder, echo sounder, walkie-talkies, radio, electronic position finder etc.
To meet the above demands, the fishery harbour has ample land space for providing civic amenities
for setting up the above mentioned services. The provision made is only for the land in respect of
the civic amenities as the investment for actual civic amenity facilities/shopping complex is expected
to come up from the user groups like private entrepreneurs, governmental and non-governmental
agencies.

Kolkata August 2015
8.6.20 Greeneries and Landscaping
In order to enhance the aesthetics and beauty of the surrounding environment, the proposed fishery
harbour provides for open land spaces at important locations throughout the complex area for
putting up greeneries/garden and landscaping. Greeneries cultivated inside the fishery harbour also
act as a lung space within the periphery of the complex and the presence of green foliage would
purify the air, increase the oxygen level and freshens the atmosphere. This will help to a great extent
in maintaining pollution levels in respect of air, water and soil well within the permissible limits of
environmental norms. Entrance to the fishery harbour complex near the main gate will also be given
suitable facelift and landscaping to welcome the visitors to a well maintained and cleaner fishery
harbour.

Kolkata August 2015
10
OPERATION & MANAGEMENT OF NAVAGOAN-
THAL FISHERY HARBOUR
10.1 Introduction
This Chapter summarises the main features of the project proposal. The text should be read in
conjunction with the Appendices annexed to the next Chapter 11 on Economic Evaluation of this
report. To facilitate presentation of essential features of the project, brief tables are incorporated in
the text. These are used simply to highlight indispensable elements and to reduce, where
appropriate, the need for lengthy textual explanations. The engineering details regarding the
proposed fishery harbour at Navagaon-Thal may be seen from Chapter 6 onwards.
10.2 Time - Scale
The project described in this report is based on certain assumptions about "time". It may be seen that
in some of the Appendices, the time- scale commences with year '0'. As it is unknown at this stage
(August 2015) as to when the harbour works will be completed or advanced to a point, when it would
be practicable for fishing vessels to use facilities, year '0' has been chosen to cover the indefinite period
of time elapsing between project formulation and commissioning of the harbour. During the period year
'0' it is assumed that the existing fishing operations will continue in the same manner, as described in
the previous chapter. However some expansion and reorganisation may occur due to harbour
construction.
By the time the harbour development is complete, the existing fishing vessels will continue fishing
operations. During year '0' those private entrepreneurs concerned with shore based activities may
construct facilities such as ice plants, chilled storage etc., to meet the needs of the total fishing fleet. The
project ' time-scale' therefore, covers two time divisions. Firstly, an indefinite period of time covered by
the concept of year ‘0’ and secondly a definite period of 25 years has been taken for evaluation. The
project as cast in the report reaches maximum efficiency and the level of stabilisation at the end of fifth
year of the project development. Table 10-1 outlines the relationship between "time" and "project
implementation"
Table 10-1: Project activity and time-scale
Project Activity Time - Year
Project formulation, preparation of tenders, securing of official

sanctions, letting of tenders, etc. "0"
Fishery harbour under construction "0"
Fishery harbour commissioned, beginning of 1

Kolkata August 2015
Building of shore based facilities if any, during later part of year "0"
Project reaches maximum efficiency and period of stabilization 5
Period for economic evaluation "0" to 25
10.3 Fleet Size
The fishery harbour has been designed to accommodate 349 fishing vessels comprising 324 numbers of
15 m mechanized boats and 20 numbers of 8 m non-mechanized boats that would be using bag nets/gill
nets as the main fishing gear. For the purpose of economic evaluation 329 numbers of 15 metre bag
net/gill net has been taken into consideration i.e. 254 existing boats plus 75 new boats spread over 5
years at the rate of 25,20,15,10 and 5 in the years 1 – 5 respectively. Non-motorised traditional boats
are only 20 numbers and they land less than one percentage of the total landings. Appendix 11-1 gives
details of the fishing fleet. The fishing vessels, which may cease operation due to old age and major
repairs, are expected to be replaced by new ones in the normal process by the vessel owners.
10.4 Fishing Operations
All the 15m mechanized boats are undertaking 2 days trip and 100 trips in a fishing season spread over
nine months. The operational schedule for each type of fishing vessel is shown in section 2.0 of
Appendix 11.3.
10.5 Fish Catch Composition and Vessel Landings
Appendix 11-2, for each type of fishing vessel, contains information about the composition of fish
landings on a seasonal basis. Obviously, fish landings will not be constant on a year-to-year basis. Hence,
the data included in Appendix 11-2 represent averages over the time span of project evaluation. The
basis for the estimate is essentially the existing fishing effort and some expectations in future after
harbour construction.
Throughout the Appendices, reference is made to various classes of fish for example, Fish: Class 1, Class
2 etc. The State Fisheries Department has identified about 30 species of fish of commercial importance,
which may be fished out from the waters off Navagaon-Thal coast. To include detailed accounts, from a
catch composition point of view, of all such species, would involve unnecessary space in report
presentation. Hence to facilitate evaluation procedure, a simple grading system (based on boat side
price) has been adopted. The resultant class/price relationship is shown in Table 10-2. There are no
prawn landings at Navagaon-Thal while only non-penaeid shrimp called Acetus landed in bag net which
goes for drying and get good price during off season. Majority of the Bombay duck landed in bag net
also goes for drying purpose.
Table 10-2: Fish grade v/s boat side price relationship
Grade Price Range Average Price

(Rs./kg) (Rs./kg)
Fish
Class 1 300-500 400
Class 2 150-250 200

Kolkata August 2015
Class 3 90-110 100

Class 4 60-80 70
Class 5 20-40 30
As mentioned earlier, the catch composition and fish landings per season for each size of fishing vessel
are shown in Appendix 11-2. The quantity and value (boat side) of landings on an annual basis for each
size of fishing vessel is briefly summarised in Table 10-3.
Table 10-3: Quantity and value on boat side of fish landings

(on an annual basis)
Item 15 m Bag net/Gill net
Total Fish
Landings (Kg) 40,000
Value (Rs) 36,60,000
Total fish landings and value (boat side) per year for the period of staged development are summarised
in Table 10-4. The fish landings and value given in the Table 10-4 would more or less be same
throughout the project evaluation period.
Table 10-4: Summary of total fish landings and value on boat side
(on annual basis from year 5 and onwards)
1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1 Item 15 m Bag net/Gill net
Total Fish
Quantity (tonne) 10,000.00
Value (Rs in lakhs) 9150.00
Table 10-5 shows the relative importance of each class of fish in relation to total fish landings of the
fleet and total value of boat side sales. The percentages given cover the period for any year from years
5-25.
Table 10-5: Total fish landings and total value of boat side sales
(percent)
Fish landings
Item
Quantity (%) Value (%)
Fish
Class 1 5.00 21.86

Class 2 10.00 21.86
Class 3 20.00 21.86
Class 4 30.00 22.95
Class 5 35.00 11.48
Total 100.00 100.00

Kolkata August 2015
10.6 Sea-going Personnel
The crew size for each type of fishing vessel according to professional grades is indicated in Table 10-6.
The total number of fishermen employed in the fishing vessels would work out to 2,303 sea going
personnel.
Table 10-6: Crew members
15m Bag net/Gill netter

Grade
Per vessel Total fleet
st
Skipper 1 1 329
Engine driver 1 329
Deckhands 5 1645
Total 7 2303
The crew members of 15 m bag net/gill net are paid their wages on share basis @ 50% of gross earnings
after deducting the costs of fuel, maintenance of vessel & gear, food allowance and ice. In addition to
their share, the vessel owners spend about Rs.700 per trip towards the cost of food for the crew
members. The annual crew salaries for 15 m bag net/gill net boat works out to Rs.14,49,250.
10.7 Shore Based Facilities
The cost estimate for the harbour complex (Rs.48.55 crore) contained in Appendix 11-8 of next Chapter
11 (Economic Evaluation) of this report includes inter-alia provision for fish handling and auction
buildings, boat repair facilities, fishermen gear shed-cum-radio communication tower, fishermen rest
house-cum-fishery administrative office, traffic and surface areas, water supply, electricity, sanitary
arrangements, etc. The total capacity for ice plant, chilled fish storage, fish curing/drying yards have
been established on the basis of the total landings shown in Appendix 11-1 and the assumptions about
marketing of fishery products listed in Appendix 11-4.
The total capacity of ice plants required to meet the needs of the fishery industry at Navagaon-Thal has
been estimated at 60 tonne/day and ice & chilled fish storage capacity of 120 tonne. The reconciliation
of these estimates and assumption is contained in Appendix 11-6. Table 10-7 shows the capacities of ice
plants etc., required for the need of the fishing industry.
A minimum of 10 tonne ice plant with 20 tonne chilled fish storage is recommended at the harbour
complex with the cost of Rs.60 lakhs after considering the existing facilities in the district. No new
capacity in freezing plants and frozen storage has been recommended as the existing capacity available
in Mumbai and other places will take care of the requirement.
Table 10-7: Capacities for fishery related plants and services
Type of plant Capacity
Ice making 60 tonne per day
Ice & fish storage 120 tonne

Kolkata August 2015
10.8 Transport
The fishery harbour development project outlined in this report does not include any capital investment
on trucks to move fish products to inland markets. To do so, would result in unused capacity during off-
season or poor fishing season. It is assumed that road transport will be hired and further supplemented
by rail service. The hinterland of the project area has a fairly good network of all-weather roads and
vehicular transport is possible throughout the year. The hiring of transport may perhaps present some
difficulties during peak fish landing periods and the existing ice plants and chilled fish storage capacities
would take care of the excess catches.
The cost of transport is shown in Appendices 11-7(a) and 11-7(c). The amounts shown make no
provision for income, which may be earned by a truck-owner for either forward or back loading, as the
case may be. In Appendix 11-7(a), under the heading "Transport to Market or Shipside", an amount of
Rs.1000 per tonne of fresh fish for Mumbai are charged. This estimate includes transport and lighterage,
if applicable.
10.9 Fish Marketing
Appendices 11-4 and 11-5 give details of the basic assumptions covering the disposal of landings (raw
material) and allocation of products to various markets.
In Appendices 11-4 to 11-7 (c) inclusive and Appendix 11-10 market areas are shown as "Local”,
"Inland" and “Mumbai”. The local market area comprises towns and villages, within 30 km from the
fishery harbour. The figure of 30 km is chosen, because it roughly represents the distance a
bicycle/moped vendor travels with his baskets, in order to catch the evening market. Inland markets
are those places towards hinterland of the fishery harbour. For the purpose of transport costs, it is
assumed that the average distance between the fishery harbour and the inland markets is around 300
km, though some consignments may be sent to much shorter distances than the figure indicated. The
relative importance of each market area with respect to sales can be seen in Table 10-8.
Table 10-8: Distribution of fish products among various markets
Percentage raw Percentage product Percentage

Market
material intake weight sold total product sales
Export 8.50 7.77 26.51
Local 14.75 16.95 12.91
Inland 37.25 33.04 24.02
Mumbai 39.50 42.24 36.56
Total 100.00 100.00 100.00
Since the entire fish landings from Navagaon-Thal being dry fish and landed by bag netters/gill netters
would be sold only in all the local, Mumbai and inland markets. Landings have been allocated into four
types of products, namely, frozen fish, fresh and dried and/or cured fish. The importance of each
product type in relation to total vessel landings, total production of products and total product value is
shown in Table 10-9.

Kolkata August 2015
Table 10-9: Distribution of fish products among various markets
Product Percentage of total raw Percentage of total product Percentage of total product
material weight sales
Fish
Frozen 8.50 7.77 26.51
Fresh 56.50 75.72 63.02
Dried/Cured 35.00 16.51 10.47
Total 100.00 100.00 100.00
The price range & the weighted average price per kilogram of fishery products are given in Table 10-10.
Table 10-10: Price range and the weighted average price of fishery products
Product Price range (Rs/kg) Weighted average price (Rs/kg)

Fish
Retail or FOB
Frozen 377.00 – 552.00 461.40
Fresh 75.00 – 444.00 112.68
Dried/Cured 81.00 – 88.00 85.84
10.10 Ownership and Management
10.10.1 Fishery Harbour
The Government of Maharashtra through the State Fisheries Department will be responsible for:
a) the control of fishing vessels using the fishery harbour to ensure maximum benefit from the
facilities available; and generally,
b) the overall supervision and maintenance of facilities and amenities provided at the fishery
harbour.
 The Government of Maharashtra will make adequate arrangements for the proper management and
utilisation of the facilities created. Except under emergency circumstances during natural calamities
etc., the facilities will not be used for any purposes other than fishing and fishery related activities.
Any use of the land reclaimed during construction, building etc., for purpose other than fisheries
related activities will be undertaken only in a way which is not detrimental to the interest of the
fishing community. Any income generated by way of lease rent, license fee will be deposited in the
Bank Account maintained for depositing the user charges as mentioned below.
 The Government of Maharashtra will formulate a policy for management of the harbour and will
have the authority to privatise the management, maintenance and operation of the facilities
created. For the management, the Government of Maharashtra can give the function to an

Kolkata August 2015
autonomous body/private body or perform the function through a registered society which may
manage the Navagaon-Thal fishery harbour by formulating suitable hire charges and fixed lease rent
for the land and harbour facilities including buildings.
 The revenue generated out of the lease rent, user charges will be deposited in an account to be
maintained in a scheduled bank situated in the area. The amount realised, will be used for day-to-
day operation, management, maintenance, expansion, repair/renovation and modernisation of the
fishery harbour.
 The Government of Maharashtra will provide the additional funds if needed, over and above the
user charges collected by the society and required for maintenance expenditure. The Government of
India will not bear any operational cost to be incurred for maintenance of the harbour. The society
that will manage the harbour will include, at least one representative each from Government of
Maharashtra, fishermen association, fishing vessel operators and Department of Ports.
 The Government of Maharashtra will ensure the efficient operational conditions of the fishery
harbour in accordance with the hygienic standards/specifications in force from time to time. The
Director of Fisheries, Government of Maharashtra will annually review the maintenance,
management and operation of the fishery harbour created and submits the report to Government of
India.
Shortly after the harbour becomes effective, a Fisheries Terminal Organisation (FTO) would be
established under the Indian Companies Act, to ensure that the essential shore facilities and services are
made available to both fishermen and processors in the harbour. The FTO would also operate the fish
auction hall, introduce fish auctioning system and ensure that accurate statistical records of catches are
maintained. In addition, FTO would also look after the maintenance and functioning of various facilities
provided for the fishermen within the fishery harbour complex.
Apart from above, the duties and responsibilities of FTO would be to:
 Comply with laws, regulations and rules in governing the use of harbour facilities.
 Comply with fishery and environmental conservation and monitoring measuresand
enforcing resource and environmental management regulations.
 Exercise control over other users when the fishery harbour facilities become operational and
such other issues concerning the operation, management and maintenance of fishery
harbour.
The Fishery Administration e office located within the fishery harbour complex would serve as a
headquarters for the Officer in charge of the fishery harbour. It will also accommodate Harbour officer
and other fishery personnel, who may be assigned to the project to supervise or regulate the fishing
boats over progress with respect to fishery resources, technology and economics.
Presently, the Commissioner of Fisheries under the Government of Maharashtra responsible for
implementing fishery welfare schemes, registration of MFVs, issue of diesel, ensuring smooth

Kolkata August 2015
functioning of fishery harbour etc. Further, he may also be entrusted to operate the fish auction hall,
introduce fish auctioning system by a separate set of staff as shown in Table 10-15 and ensure that
accurate statistical records of catches are maintained. In addition, he will also look after the
maintenance and functioning of the harbour facilities provided for the fishermen within the harbour
complex.
10.10.2 Fishing Vessels
All the 15 m fishing vessels are currently owned and operated by individual, family or cooperative basis.
The range of investment for these vessels is shown in Table 10-10.
Table 10-10: Investment on fishing vessels (Rs.in lakhs)
Item 15 m mech. gill netter
Fishing vessel 30.00
Fishing gear 5.00
Total Investment 35.00
10.10.3 Fish auction hall, Net mending shed, Gear shed, Fishermen rest shed, Ice Plant and Cold
Storage
As mentioned earlier, it is envisaged that FTO will operate and manage the fish auction hall, net
mending shed, gear sheds, fishermen rest sheds etc. As regards the other shore establishments those
could be well run by fishing boat owners' co-operative societies. As the range of industrial activities
recommended in this report is not sophisticated and in fact, all are currently being, or have been,
undertaken somewhere along the coastline, the suggestion is not unrealistic. The economies from the
financial point-of-view of one management are obvious. Apart from monetary savings, single ownership
gives a much better chance of ensuring that facilities and services are programmed on a coordinated
basis to meet within season fluctuations in landings. In addition, with control over processing,
distribution etc., boat owners would achieve better profits and so avoid exploitation by middlemen who
often for very little effort or risk reap the major financial rewards.
10.11 Investment
10.11.1 Fixed Assets
The scale and timing of investment (new funds) required to implement the fishery development project
outlined in this Chapter, is indicated in Appendix 11-8.
The investment in the development of Navagaon-Thal fishery harbour Rs. 4855.00 lakhs occur mostly in
Year "0" i.e., Rs. 4369.50 lakhs but an amount of Rs. 484.50 lakhs is shown in Year 1 to cover final bills,
retention money etc. With regards to existing fishing vessels, the total investment of Rs. 88.90 crores,
which have already been incurred by the fishermen and the fishing vessels are in operation. Hence, the
additional investments required for 75 nos. of 15 m mechanised gill netters are Rs. 26.25 crores, which

Kolkata August 2015
will be invested over a period of five years at the rate of Rs.8.75 crores for year 0, Rs.7.00 crores for
year1, Rs.5.25 crores for year 2, Rs.3.50 crores for year 3 and Rs.1.75 crores for year 4 starting from year
‘0’ to year 4 of the development period.
15 m mechanised gill netter
Existing – Rs. 35.00 lakhs per vessel x 254 nos. = Rs. 88.90 crores
New - Rs. 35.00 lakhs per vessel x 75 nos. = Rs.26.25 crores
Total investment (Rs. 11515.00 lakhs) is made up as follows:
Table 10-11: Total investment in Navgaon-Thal fishery harbour
Total investment Percentage of

Item
(Rs. in lakhs) Total investment
Fishing vessels
15 m mechanised gill netter- Existing 8890.00

70.05
- New 2625.00
Fishery harbour 4855.00 29.53

Shore Establishment 60.00 0.36
Pre development Expenditure Total 10.00
16440.00 0.06
100.00
The amount of investment required each year is shown in Table 10-12. As most of the MFVs are already
in operation, not much new investment is required for fishing vessels. However, the additional
investments required are for 75 nos. of new 15 m MFVs, fishery harbour, shore establishments and pre-
development expenditure.
Table 10-12: Phasing of investment
Investment in fixed assets Percentage of

Year
(Rs. in lakhs) Total investment
"0" 5314.50 70.40
1 1184.50 15.69
2 525.00 6.95
3 350.00 4.64
4 175.00 2.32
Total 7549.00 100.00

Kolkata August 2015
10.11.2 Operating Capital
No additional capacities in respect of processing industries have been suggested as the existing capacity
available in and around Navagaon-Thal and Mumbai are expected to absorb the fish landings for
processing and export as is being done now. Hence, no operating capital for fishing vessels or cost of
interest on operating capital for processing plants are considered for economic evaluation.
10.12 Government Revenue and Expenditure
In this report, no detailed analysis has been made to establish the amount of revenue, which will accrue
to the government from levying of income tax, sales tax, excise duty etc. On page 6-7 of this Chapter,
some observations are made on "Ownership and Management" aspects. If the Government of
Maharashtra elects either in the short or long term to run the project as a public sector enterprise, then
the project's profits will flow to the revenue of Government of Maharashtra. On the other hand, if it is
the Government of Maharashtra’s policy to encourage fishermen and others to be responsible for
project implementation, then the Government of Maharashtra’s opportunity for direct revenue from
the project, apart from indirect revenue, which may flow from taxes etc., is limited to harbour fees, rent
charged for gear sheds, rent paid by the users of the fish auction hall etc., and fees paid by those, who
may lease land, in order to build ice plants and fish storage, etc.
If the Government of Maharashtra decides to control the boat-side sale of fish, then it will be entitled to
all the commission chargeable on such sales. In this report, it is assumed that all fish landings will be
liable to commission, whether those are sold by auction or not. If all sales take place in the fish auction
hall, there will be no difficulty in deducting commission. However, problems may arise, if some quantity
of fish is sold by auction and the rest by private deals. Hence, if the Government of Maharashtra
chooses to run an orderly auction system, with a fair sharing of all monetary benefits, it must insist that
all fish landings pass through the fish auction hall, or some other checking point, so that commission can
be assessed and reasonable deductions made from payments due to boat owners.
On the basis of information contained in item 5.07 of Appendix 11-3, the total amount of commission
payable on boat-side sales by owners of fishing vessels will be of the order as shown in Table 10-13.
Table 10-13: Commission payable on boat side sales
Item 15 m
Commission payable by each fishing vessel per 1,09,800

year (Rs.)
Number of fishing vessels 329
Total amount payable by fishing fleet - Rs. Lakhs 361.24
As indicated in the opening paragraph of this Section of the report, the Government of Maharashtra will
be entitled to collect harbour dues from vessel owners. Section 5.0 of Appendix 11-3 (Vessel operating
costs) includes these charges and the amount for 15 m is Rs. 1,00,000 per annum. The total collections
accruing to the Government of Maharashtra from year 5 onwards are shown in Table 10-14.Collection
of harbour dues from the fishing vessels would amount to Rs. 329.00 lakhs from year 5 onwards.

Kolkata August 2015
Table 10-14: Collection of harbour dues

Item Vessel Number of Rate Total
Class Vessels (Rs.) (Rs. in lakhs)
Harbour Dues 15 m 329 1,00,000 329.00
The Government of Maharashtra will certainly wish to manage the fishery harbour. If it also decides to
run the fish auction hall, net mending shed and gear shed, either as a Departmental or Corporate
activity, a separate establishment, staff, temporary labour etc., will have to be provided in addition to
those people, whose task it would be to carry out the functions of harbour management outlined in this
Chapter.
The cost of harbour management and maintenance has been assessed at Rs.120.00 lakhs and 97.10
lakhs respectively per year from year 5 onwards. The "Management" expenditure covers salaries of
Harbour Officer, Harbour Engineer, Clerical assistance, Watchman, temporary labour, staff for gear
shed, general overheads, excluding maintenance and depreciation. Harbour maintenance has been
treated as a separate item, and it is assumed that most, if not all of this work will be done under
contract. The rate of expenditure on maintenance is based on a percentage of the total cost of the
harbour works, fish auction hall net mending shed/gear shed, fishermen rest shed, etc. , the rate is 2%
of harbour cost (Rs. 4855.00 lakhs) per year from year 1 onwards and the same works out to Rs.97.10
lakhs.
The Government of Maharashtra’s control of fish auction hall, net mending shed/gear and fishermen
rest shed will involve substantial expenditure with respect to salaries for a permanent staff, wages for
temporary or seasonal labour, expendable equipment, general working expenses, etc. Table 12-15
summarises the sort of expenditure, which might be incurred, if the Government of Maharashtra
accepts the responsibility of conducting a fish auction system. The estimates given relate to year 1 and
onwards.
Table 10-15: Management of fish auction hall and expenditure involved
Item Number of persons Cost from Year 1

Manager 1 6,00,000
onwards (Rs.)
Wharf Superintendent 2 7,20,000
Fish auction hall Superintendent (a) 2 7,20,000
Accountant 2 4,80,000
Fish auctioneer (b) 6 14,40,000
Fish auctioneer’s Clerk 6 14,40,000
Cashier 6 14,40,000
Statistical Assistant 2 4,80,000
Clerk/Typist 2 4,80,000
Foreman(C) 2 4,80,000
Peon 2 3,60,000
Watchman 4 7,20,000

Kolkata August 2015
Sub-Total 49 93,60,000
Temporary Labour (d) 5,00,000
Sub-Total 98,60,000
Add: 10% for contingencies 9,86,000
Sub-Total 108,46,000
Provision for equipment(e) 5,00,000
General expenses (f) 6,54,900
Total expenditure 120,00,000
Note:
(a) In-charge of delivery of fish from boat-side to fish auction hall and clearance after sales.
(b) Selling rate assumed to be 10 tonne per hour
(c) In-charge of temporary labour gangs, which would be responsible for cartage of fish and cleaning fish
auction hall after selling periods.
(d) Cost of temporary labour assessed on a basis of Rs.100 per tonne of fish in and out of fish auction buildings.
(e) Nominal sum to cover fish auction hall equipment, boxes, etc., (this relates to the expenditure in Year 1)
(f) To cover office expenditure, printing, water, electricity, etc.
Table 10-16 gives a consolidated Statement of revenue and expenditure for combined operations of
harbour management and the running of the fish auction hall, net mending shed, gear shed and rest
shed. The statement also includes provisions for maintenance of all facilities.
Table 10-16: Revenue and expenditure for fishery harbour management

and maintenance (Rs.in lakhs)
Item Years 1-14

Fish auction hall
Revenue from commission 274.50
Port management
Revenue from Port fees and ramp way charges 250.00
Total Income 524.50
Less expenditure on Salaries, Wages, overheads 120.00
Maintenance 80.00
Total Expenditure 200.00
Total combined operations: surplus 324.50
It may be seen from Table 10-16 that surplus will occur from year 1 onwards on an annual basis on
combined operations of fish auction hall and port management. The cumulative surplus at the end of
25th year of the project will amount to Rs.8112.50 lakhs provided the entire landings pass through the
fish auction hall and the realisation of the commission charges by the FTO.

Kolkata August 2015
11
ECONOMIC EVALUATION
11.1 Project Economic Evaluation
The purpose of project economic evaluation is to describe, assess the project benefits, backed up, as
far as possible, with the quantified results from the economic analyses. This economic evaluation
based on life-cycle costing aims at identifying and valuing the costs and benefits accruing over the
project life. Here, the project life referred to its economic service life during which time the project
remained relatively maintenance-free, while maintaining an appropriate service and safety level. The
project life considered for the purpose of economic evaluation of this project is 25 years, although
economic life of fishery harbourfacilities like RCC jetties and the shore based buildings under normal
use and maintenance may have life longer than 25 years.
As part of project economic evaluation, financial analyses of the costs and income of the project are
represented as financial statements (cash inflow/outflow). For this, all the physical inputs such as
civil works (buildings and infrastructure), equipment etc., required over the project’s economic life
period are phased out and then costed on an annual basis, in present day prices. All these costs and
benefits are converted into current prices by applying discount rates. Price contingencies for
inflation are not included in cash flows (although they may form part of project budget estimates) as
the analysis is undertaken in current prices.
11.2 Economic Analysis
The first step in the preparation of economic analysis is to estimate the capital and operating costs
of the project. Estimation of the capital costs include investment to be made in the fishery harbour
facilities and associated infrastructure, timing of the capital costs over the life of the project,
renewal and replacement costs of fishing boats, if the project’s life is extended beyond the average
economical life, machinery, equipment, shore based facilities, investment made in fishing vessels, ice
plants, fish processing plants etc.
Secondly, estimation of the annual operating costs of the project include fishing vessel operating
costs (costs of fuel, maintenance of vessel and engine, salaries for crew, ice, commission on sale of
fish landings, harbour dues, fish landing and wharfage charges, insurance, interest & loan instalment
including fishery harbour management and maintenance, costs of fish processing, distribution and
marketing, fishery harbour management and maintenance.
Finally, estimation of income for the project is made based on the average annual fish landings and
value for each size and type of fishing vessels and the number of fishing boats which are already in
operation and the new vessels proposed to be introduced during project development. After
estimating the cash inflow and outflow of the project, annual surplus is calculated by subtracting the

Kolkata August 2015
capital costs and operating costs from the income year by year for the assumed economic life of the
project. During the first one or two years, the profit could be negative for some of the projects;
thereafter it will be positive during the rest of the project life. The annual surplus will be discounted
to the project’s present value. The discount rate would reflect the rate of return that one might
reasonably expect to be best alternative investment of comparable risk.
Sensitivity analyses are done to allow for risks and uncertainty inherent in the project by putting the
project into several sensitivity tests like assuming lower level of fish landings by about 20%
(consequently reducing the fishing vessel/project’s income), increasing the capital investment costs
by about 25% etc.
11.2.1 Economic Evaluation Methods
Several methods are available to evaluate the projects for taking investment decisions and it may be
emphasised here that these methods are only tools for decision making. The methods most widely
used to appraise and compare the economic feasibility of investment are the Pay-back Period
method, the Average Rate of Return method and the Discounting method. The last method is also
called Present Value method and it includes the Net Present Value (NPV), the Internal Rate of Return
(IRR) and the Benefit-Cost Ratio methods. IRR is the most useful measure of the economic feasibility
of investment and it is widely used by the interna tional banks such as ADB, World Banketc.,
including organisations like FAO/UNDP.
11.2.1.1 Net Present Value Method
In order to use this method, costs have to be subtracted from the benefits (income) on a year to
year basis throughout project’s life to arrive at the net benefit or surplus. The annual net benefits
are discounted to a pre-determined discount rate or the interest rate on loan. The net present value
can also be calculated by separately discounting the stream of annual cash inflow and cash outflow
and subtracting the latter from the former. The discounting will be made by the Discounting Table. If
the NPV is more than zero, the investment would be profitable, if it is less than zero, the project
would not be profitable and if it is equal to zero then the project is at break-even.
11.2.1.2 Benefit Cost Ratio Method
Benefit Cost Ratio can be defined as the ratio of the total present value of the benefits to the costs.
The benefit cost ratio can be done by two methods i) by discounting the stream of benefits and costs
separately or ii) by discounting the net benefits which are arrived by subtracting the costs from the
benefits. If the benefit cost ratio is greater than one, then the project may be considered as
economically feasible.
11.2.1.3 Internal Rate of Return Method
While applying the present value and benefit cost ratio methods, one may encounter the problem
regarding choosing the appropriate rate of discount. The method that avoids this difficulty is the
internal rate of return. The internal rate of return on an investment is the discount rate that makes
the future net cash flow equal to zero. It represents the average earning power of the money
invested in the project over the project’s life. If the IRR is greater than the opportunity cost of the
capital, or the interest rate at which funds were borrowed, then the investment is considered to be
feasible. In the present project, the Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR) is worked out by
following the discounted cash flow method.

Kolkata August 2015
11.3 Basic Assumptions
Here in this fishery harbour project, the average prices of fish prevailed during 2015 have been used to
calculate the operating results of fishing vessels (Appendix 11-3) and to calculate unit costs of fish
processing, distribution and marketing of fish products (Appendix 11-7(a). Up-to-date costing has also
been applied to investment in fixed assets (Appendix 11-8). From the point of income, boat side prices
for fish landings (Appendix 11-2), and retail or shipside prices of year 2014for marketing (Appendices
11-7(b) and 11-10) have been taken as the base.
The problem of ownership is not a critical one from the point of the economic analysis contained in this
Chapter. Under Section Ownership and Management in Chapter 12, certain observations have been
made about ownership and management. Firm recommendations in these matters are outside the
scope of this report. Therefore, only a framework of ownership has been suggested to give a general
background to the development proposal. An important assumption about ownership is that it will be
linked with efficient management, both at sea and on shore. The construction of a fishery harbour will
provide one of the facilities necessary for further development. Expansion and financial success will
occur only if fishermen and other entrepreneurs take advantage of economic opportunities, as they
arise. That they will do so, serves as one of the most general assumptions in this report.
This report is in no way, a detailed socio-economic study of the project area. Without a considerable
amount of field work, it would not be possible to plot with any precision all of the benefits, which will
flow from project implementation. Therefore, the evaluation is mainly limited to an assessment of the
direct monetary benefits, which may accrue and omits an assessment of the indirect benefits, which
would flow from improved per caput income, etc.
On the expenditure side, the evaluation excludes certain costs incurred in public utilities, in addition to
town or village social services, in training sea-going personnel and those whose task it will be to manage
shore based facilities. No deductions have been made from costs for taxes, duties and levies imposed by
Government authorities. The inclusion of these items is in line with the methodology of using ruling
market prices. Equally, no deductions have been made for subsidies or indirect assistance which may be
rendered by the Central and State Governments, in order to accelerate development. Hence the
evaluation is primarily a commercial investment analysis, wherein the major costs and benefits are
identified.
As explained in the previous Chapter 10, a period of 25 years (Year "0" plus Years 1 to 25) has been
chosen to evaluate the costs and benefits of an integrated project covering fishery harbor construction,
vessel operations and shore-based activities, to either a retail or shipside (export) level. Of course, in this
fishery harbor project, newly introduced mechanized fishing vessels, and part of the industrial buildings
and plants, will have a longer working life, than 25 years. These facilities will still be available to the
local fishing industry, after the end of 25 years. Residual investment at the end of Year 25 has not been
taken into account when discounting benefits and cost, as it would have only a marginal effect on the
internal rate of return.

Kolkata August 2015
11.4 Sensitivity Analyses of Vessel Operations
11.4.1 Basic Vessel Operations
Appendix 11-3 gives a detailed account of vessel operations under six headings, "General Information",
"Operational Schedule", "Fish Landings per Trip and per Season ", "Investment", "Vessel Operating
Costs", and "Financial Results". The information and estimates contained in Appendix 11-3 are based
on current fishing activities and prices (2015) and expectations about the future. On the basis of the
accounting shown in relevant sections of Appendix 11-3, net earnings as a percentage of capital
employed are as shown in Table 11-1.
Table 11-1: Net earnings as a percentage of capital – Basic vessel operation

Earnings before Earnings after Earnings after Earnings after
Type of Vessel
Depreciation Depreciation Depreciation and Interest Installment Payment
15 m bag netter/gill netter 29.7 24.0 17.2 4.7
11.4.2 With 20% Reduction in Fish Landings
What would happen to net earnings, if the quantity of fish landings were 25% less than those forecast in
Appendix 11-2? A reduction would lower vessel earnings (Appendices 11-2 and 11-3), unless a fall in
fish landings was offset by increased prices. However, assuming constant price (Appendix 11-2), a 25%
reduction would alter the quantity and value of boatside sales, as indicated in Table 11-2.
Table 11-2:Net earnings with 20% reduction in fish landings

As per appendices 11-2 and 11- 3 With a 20% reduction
Type of vessel
Fish quantity (kg) Value (Rs.) Fish quantity (kg) Value (Rs.)
15 m bag netter/gill netter 40000 3660000 32000 2928000
The income reductions outlined in Table 11-2change percentage returns on investment in the
following way.
Item 15 m bag netter/gill netter

Before depreciation 19.9
After depreciation 14.2
After interest payment 7.4
After installment payment (-) 5.1
It may be seen from the above results that the 15 m mechanized boat is quite sensitive for a given
20% reduction in fish landings and it would lose Rs.1,77,890 after loan installment payment and it is
sensitive on this proposition.
11.4.3 With 25% Increase in the Investment Cost of Fishing Vessels
An increase in investment involves increases in some items of vessel operating costs. The items affected
are maintenance of vessel and engine, maintenance of fishing gear, vessel insurance, provision for gear
replacement, depreciation, interest and installment payment. 15 m boat losses an amount of
Rs.1,29,813 after installment payments and the same may be seen in percentage at Table 13-4.

Kolkata August 2015
Table 11 -4: Percentage reduction in return with 25% increase in vessel investment cost
Item 15 m mechanized Vessel

Before depreciation 22.0
After depreciation 16.3
After interest payment 9.5
After installment payment (-) 3.0
11.4.4 Break-even analysis for a Minimum of 12% Return on vessel Investment
This "break-even" type of analysis assumes that only enough surpluses is left, after deducting operating
costs after depreciation (Item 5.15), from income (Item 3.12) to maintain a 12% return on investment.
The 15 m doll netter/gill netters could withstand about 25% reduction in total fish landings and still pay
12% return on investment. The effects of the foregoing reductions in terms of quantity and value of fish
landings are shown in Table 11-6.
Table 11-6:Break-even analysis for a minimum of 12% return on vessel investment
Item 15 m MFV
As per appendices 11-2 and 11-3
Total fish landings-quantity (kg) 40,000
Total fish landings-value (Rs.) 36,60,000
With a minimum requirement of 12% return on investment
11.4.5 Situation in a "Poor" Fishing Season
The information about catch composition and fish landings given in Appendix 11-2 represents what may
be termed as "average" over a long period of time, say, the economic life of fishing vessels, described in
this report. In some years, fish landings would be greater than those shown and in other years, those
would be less. With regard to the day-to-day operations of a fishing vessel, the quantity of fish landings
is not constant, and, of course, the catch composition changes with season, in accordance with the
abundance of individual species within the total resources being exploited. Fluctuations also occur
between what is commonly referred to as the "peak" and "lean" months, during a fishing season. These
sorts of fluctuations also occur over a time spread of seasons (years). Most of the analyses in this
section of the report have dealt with reduction in fish catches with a related commitment, that day to
day operating expenses would be met by boat owners and that annual fixed costs would be paid. In a
really "poor" fishing season, it may be possible to pay only daily expenses and payment of overheads
may have to be postponed to a later time, when fishing efforts are more rewarding.
What are the quantities of fish landings required to meet daily operating expenses during a really bad
fishing year? In other words, at the fish prices shown in Appendix 11-2, how much fish must be sold to
cover such costs as fuel, basic wages, commission, maintenance and any other item for which, under
normal circumstances, payment cannot be deferred?
Before answering the above question, it is necessary to introduce two basic assumptions. Firstly, it is
assumed that the "poor" fishing season is a local phenomenon and hence a shortage of fish is not offset

Kolkata August 2015
by higher prices from the boat owner's point-of-view. In this connection, the relative unimportance of
the "Local" market should be noted (see Section Fish Marketing in Chapter 10). Secondly, it is assumed
that boat owners are either unwilling to take their fishing vessels to another region or State, where
fishing activities would be more profitable.
Some of the assumptions relating to vessel operating costs, as summarised in Section 5.0 of Appendix
11-3 would change to reflect "poor" fishing season. The consequential amendments could be as
follows:
For 15 m vessels
Fuel and lubricating oils 80% of Item 5.01
Maintenance of vessel 50% of Item 5.02
Maintenance of fishing gear 70% of Item 5.03
Basic wages for crew 75% of Item 5.04
Food allowances 100% of Item 5.05
Harbourdues, etc. 100% of Item 5.08
Ice 50% of Item 5.06
Commission 50% of Item 5.07
On the basis of the foregoing assumptions, the revised operating costs for each type of fishing vessel
would be as follows. The figures in brackets are the costs of the Basic Statement shown in section 5.0 of
Appendix 11-3.
15 m bag netter/gill netter : Rs.9,88,200 (Rs.36,60,000)
The average boatside price per kilogram of landings of fish, as per quantities and values shown in
Appendices 11-2 and 11-3 are shown in Table 11-7.
Table 11-7: Average boat side price of fish landings

15 m mechanized bag
Item
netter/gill netter
Average fish price per kilogram (Rs.) Rs.91.50
If the minimum operating costs of Rs.9,88,200 for a 15 m boat divided by the average price per kilogram
shown in Table 11-7, then the quantities of landings of fish needed to support fishing effort during a
"poor" fishing season are as given below (the figures in brackets are the tonnages shown in Appendix
11-2):
15 m bag netter/gill netter: 10.8 tonnes (which is 27% of 40 tonnes)
From the foregoing, it is obvious, that 15 m fishing vessel could withstand substantial reductions in fish
landings during a "poor" season. This statement, inter alia assumes that
(a) there would not be any difficulty about late payment of certain fixed costs and
(b) that the "poor" season is only a short-term phase in the long-term
exploitation of local fishery resources.

Kolkata August 2015
11.5 Sensitivity Analysis of the Project
Appendices 11-1 to 11-10 outline in detail, a fishery development proposal for Navagaon-Thal fishery
harbour project. Appendix 11-11, reconciles cash inflows and cash outflows, provides the base for
calculating an internal rate of return on investment for integrated project operations. This reconciliation
and consequent internal rate of return serves as the "Basic Statement" of project objectives expressed
in financial terms. The Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR) for the Basic Statement is 23 - 24%.
What would be the internal rate of return if annual vessel fish landings, as described in this report, were
over estimated by 25%? What would be the effect on IRR if the investment and operating costs go up
by 25%? The answers to these questions and others are given in Table 11-8.
Table 11-8: FIRR for the Integrated Projectcovering harbour construction, vessel operations and
shore based activities
Sl.No. Proposition Internal Rate of Return
1.1 Basic Statement (Appendix 11-11) 23 – 24 %
1.2 Total fleet landings, hence total products being reduced by 20% 15 – 16 %
The investment cost of all fishing vessels, fishery harbor and shore
1.3 establishments being increased by 25%, other variables constant except
17 - 18 %
for necessary consequential amendments
11.6 Inferences from Project Economic Analysis
Knowledge of the internal rate of return makes it possible to compare the "usefulness" of the project,
with that of any other development proposal. Generally, while working out the economic evaluation
of the projects, a project with a FIRR put to several feasible sensitivity tests and still yielding 11-12%
(break-even) is considered commercially viable and with a FIRR between 9-10% is considered as
marginal and anything below 9% is considered as commercially not viable. In case of Navgaon-Thal
fishery harbour project, the Basic FIRR of 23-24 % and in adverse conditions of fish landings reduced
by 20% and investment of the integrated project cost going up by 25%, the FIRR will still be 15-16 %
and 17-18% respectively which areconsidered quite attractive for investment.
Nevertheless, investment proposals made by the government in the fishery infrastructure projects
need not be purely based on commercial criteria. The project economic analysis for the purpose of
investment will have to be a comprehensive one, taking in to account all possible scenarios arising
from the social, economic, environmental and political angle and such other national objectives like
redistribution of income, creation of more employment opportunities for a substantially weaker and
unemployed class, achieving the regional development of a particular place, improvement in the
health standards of people with low cost fish protein or raising the foreign exchange earnings of the
country etc.
The development proposal of Navgaon-Thal fishery harbour project by all means meets above
requirements and it is a fit case for an investment decision and project implementation.

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-1
Fleet Size, Fishermen Employed and Average Annual Fish Landings for Total Fleet
Year
Item
0 1 2 3 4 5 – 25
Composition of Fishing Fleet
Existing fishing fleet
15 m bag netter / gill netter 254 254 254 254 254 254
New Vessel - Under Construction 25 20 15 10 5
Total Fishing Fleet - Operating 254 279 199 314 324 329
Fishermen Employed
15 m bag netter / gill netter 1953 2093 2198 2268 2303
Average Annual Fish Landings (tonne)
15 m bag netter / gill netter
Fish - Class 1 558 598 628 648 658
- Class 2 1116 1196 1256 1296 1316
- Class 3 2232 2392 2512 2592 2632
- Class 4 3348 3588 3768 3888 3948
- Class 5 3906 4186 4396 4536 4606
Total - Qty. (tonne) 11160 11960 12560 12960 13160
- Value (Rs. lakhs) 10211 10943 11492 11858 12041
Appendix 11-2
Average annual landings and value for a season
15 m bag netter/gill netter

Boat side price
Quantity Value
Item (Rs.perkg)
(kg) (Rs.)
Fish
Class - 1 400 2000 800000
Class - 2 200 4000 800000
Class - 3 100 8000 800000
Class - 4 70 12000 840000
Class - 5 30 14000 420000
Total - 40000 3660000

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-3
General Information, Operational Schedule and Estimated Annual Financial Statement
For a Typical 17 m Fishing Vessels (Monetary values in Rupees)
Fishing Vessels
Sl. No. Item 15 m
1.00 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.01 Length (m) 15
1.02 Beam (m) 4.5
1.03 Draught (m) 2.0
1.04 Engine horse power 100
1.05 Fish plus ice carrying capacity (tonne) 10
1.06 Number in crew 7
1.07 Fishing method mainly (Gill netting) BN/GN
2.00 OPERATIONAL SCHEDULE
2.01 Number of trips per year 100
2.02 Days per trip 2
2.03 Days at sea per year (2.01 x 2.02) 200
2.04 Days between trips 70
2.05 Length of fishing season (2.03+2.04) 270
3.00 LANDINGS PER TRIP AND PER SEASON
3.01 Per trip - Fish - Landings- kg. 400
3.02 - Value - Rs. 36600
3.03 Per season Fish - Landings - kg. 40000
3.04 - Value - Rs. 3660000
4.00 VESSEL INVESTMENT
4.01 Hull and Fittings 2500000
4.02 Engine and Equipment 500000
4.03 Sub - total 3000000
4.04 Fishing gear 500000
4.05 Total Investment 3500000
5.00 VESSEL OPERATING COSTS
5.01 Fuel and lubricating oils
(50 litre/tripx100tripsx Rs.57 litre/diesel + 10% for oils) 313500
5.02 Maintenance of vessel and engine (5% of 4.03) 150000
5.03 Maintenance of fishing gear (20 % of 4.04) 100000
5.04 Salaries for crew 1449250
5.05 Food allowances Rs.700 per trip 70000
5.06 Ice 11.5 tonne @ 115 kg / trip @ Rs.3000/tone 128000
5.07 Commission on sale of landings - 3% of item 3.4 109800
5.08 HarbourDues 100000
5.09 Sundries and overheads 9450
5.10 Sub - total 2430000
5.11 Vessel insurance - 3% of item 4.03 90000
5.12 Provision for gear replacement - 20% of item 4.04 100000
5.13 Sub - total 2620i000
5.14 Depreciation - 6.67% of item 4.03 200100
5.15 Sub -. total 2820100
5.16 Interest - on capital - 15% of item 4.05 236250
5.17 Sub - total 3056350
5.18 Loan installment payment - 1/8 of item 4.05 437500
5.19 Total operating costs 3493850
6.00 FINANCIAL RESULTS
6.01 Surplus before depreciation 1040000
6.02 Surplus after depreciation 839900
6.03 Surplus after interest payment 603650
6.04 Surplus after installment payment 166150
6.05 RETURN ON INVESTMENT
6.06 Before depreciation - item 6.01 as a % of 4.05 29.7
6.07 After depreciation - item 6.02 as a % of 4.05 24.0
6.08 After interest payment - item 6.03 as a % of 4.05 17.2
6.09 After installment payment - item 6.04 as a % of 4.05 4.7

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-3(a)
Sensitivity Analysis - A 20% Reduction in annual landings for 15 m fishing vessel
(Monetary values in Rupees)
Fishing Vessels
Sl. No. Item 15 m
1.01 Length (m) 15
1.02 Beam (m) 4.5
3.01 Per trip - Fish - Landings- kg. 320
3.02 - Value - Rs.. 29280
3.03 Per season Fish - Landings – kg 32000
3.04 - Value - Rs.. 2928000
4.03 Sub - total 3000000
50 litre / trip x 100 tripsx Rs.57 litre / diesel + 10% for oils) 313500
5.03 Maintenance of fishing gear (20% of 4.04) 100000
5.05 Food allowances - Rs.700/trip 70000
5.06 Ice 11.5 tonne @ 115 kg/trip @ Rs.3000/tone 128000
5.07 Commission on sale of landings - 3 % of item 3.4 87840
5.08 HarbourDues 100000
5.10 Sub - total 2042040
5.13 Sub - total 2232040
5.15 Sub -. total 2432140
5.17 Sub - total 2668390
6.04 Surplus after installment payment -177890
6.09 After installment payment - item 6.04 as a % of 4.05 -5.1

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-3(b)
Sensitivity Analysis - A 25% Increase in fishing vessel investment
Fishing Vessels
Sl. No. Item 15 m
1.01 Length (m) 15
1.02 Beam (m) 4.5
3.01 Per trip - Fish - Landings - kg. 400
3.02 - Value - Rs.. 36600
3.04 - Value - Rs.. 3660000
4.03 Sub - total 3750000
(50 litre/trip x 100 tripsx Rs.57 litre/diesel + 10% for oils ) 313500
5.02 Maintenance of vessel and engine ( 5% of 4.03 ) 187500
5.03 Maintenance of fishing gear ( 20% of 4.04 ) 125000
5.05 Food allowances - Rs.700/trip 70000
5.06 Ice 11.5 tonne @ 115 kg/trip @ Rs. 3000/tone 128000
5.07 Commission on sale of landings - 3 % of item 3.4 109800
5.08 Harbour Dues 100000
5.10 Sub - total 2460000
5.13 Sub - total 2697500
5.15 Sub -. Total 2947625
5.17 Sub – total 3242938
6.04 Surplus after installment payment (-)129813
6.09 After installment payment - item 6.04 as a % of 4.05 (-)3.0

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-3(c)
Sensitivity Analysis - Break-even point analysis - to get 12% return on investment after depreciation
Fishing Vessels
Sl. No. Item 15 m
1.01 Length (m) 15.0
1.02 Beam (m) 4.5
2.05 Length of fishing season (2.03+2.04 ) 270
3.01 Per trip - Fish - Landings - kg. 300
3.02 - Value - Rs.. 27450
3.04 - Value - Rs.. 2745000
4.03 Sub - total 3000000
5.03 Maintenance of fishing gear (20% of 4.04) 100000
5.05 Food allowances Rs.700/trip 70000
5.06 Ice 11.5 tonne @ 115 kg per trip @ Rs. 3000/tone 128000
5.10 Sub - total 1940000
5.13 Sub - total 2130000
5.15 Sub -. total 2330100
5.17 Sub - total 2566350

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11(d)
Sensitivity Analysis - The situation in a poor fishing season

Fishing Vessels
Sl. No. Item 15 m
1.01 Length (m) 15.0
1.02 Beam (m) 4.5
2.03 Days at sea per year ( 2.01 x 2.02 ) 200
2.05 Length of fishing season (2.03+2.04 ) 270
3.01 Per trip - Fish - Landings - Kg. 108
3.02 - Value - Rs.. 9882
3.03 Per season Fish - Landings - Kg. 10800
3.04 - Value - Rs.. 988200
4.03 Sub - total 3000000
5.03 Maintenance of fishing gear ( 20% of 4.04 ) 70000
5.05 Food allowances Rs.700/trip 35000
5.06 Ice 11.5 @ 115 kg trip @ Rs. 3000/tonne 34560
5.10 Sub - total 988200

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-4
Recovery Factors and Percentages of Landings Allocated to various Products and Markets
Class of Landings Markets

and Export Local Inland Mumbai Total
Type of Products RF PLAM RF PLAM RF PLAM RF PLAM RF PLAM
Fish
Class - 1 80 70 80 100
Class - 2 60 50 60 100
Class - 1 100 5 100 5 100 20 100 30
Class - 2 100 10 100 10 100 30 100 50
Class - 3 100 20 100 30 100 50 100 100
Class - 4 100 20 100 30 100 50 100 100
Dried/Cured - Class 5 40 10 40 60 40 30 100 100
Note : RF = Recovery Factor ( Raw Material to Product Weight )
: PLAM = Percentages of Landings Allocated to Product / Market.
Appendix 11-5
Allocation of Raw Material and Products Produced for Each Market Outlet(tonne)
Class of Landings Markets
and Export Mumbai Total

Local Inland
Type of Products RM PW RM PW RM PW RM PW RM PW
Fish
Class - 1 461 368 461 368
Class - 2 658 395 658 395
Class - 1 33 33 33 33 132 132 197 197
Class - 2 132 132 132 132 395 395 658 658
Class - 3 526 526 790 790 1316 1316 2632 2632
Class - 4 790 790 1184 1184 1974 1974 3948 3948
Dried/Cured - Class 5 461 184 2764 1105 1382 332 4606 1621
Total for all Markets 1119 763 1941 1665 4902 3244 5198 4148 13160 9820
Note : RM = Raw Material PW = Product Weight

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-6
Estimates of Capacities of Shore Establishments(tonne)
Demand for Facility Assumptions Regarding Requirements year 5 - 25
Ice making capacity
Fishing fleet - 15 m 115 kg/trip x 100 trips x 329 vessels 3784
Fish for overnight Ratio 1:1 for 20% of all fresh sales of
storage prior to transportation fresh fish 1487
Distribution
Fish - fresh - Local Ratio 0.2:1 for all sales 296
- Mumbai Ratio 1:1 for all consignments 2139
- Inland Ratio 1:1 for all consignments 3816
Total 6251
Total annual demand summarized
Fishing fleet 3784
Overnight storage 1487
Distribution 6251
Total 11522
Calculation of capacity required
Total demand brought forward 11522
Peak monthly demand 15% of annual demand 1728
Daily requirement Divide peak monthly demand by
30 (days) and rounded 60
Ice and fish storage - Capacity needed Multiply daily ice making capacity by two 120
Fish curing and drying yard 4606
Raw-material fish class 5 691
Peak monthly demand 20
Daily requirement 5
Storage for products 80

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-7 (a)

Cost of Production, Distribution and Marketing per tonne of Fish Products for any Year 1–25 (Rupees)
Drying Processing Ice Transport Marketing Sub - total

and/or
Market - Product and/or and/or to Market Expenses of costs
Freezing
Sorting and Packing Storage or Shipside NEI
EXPORT MARKET
Fish - Frozen - Class 1 500 18000 6000 1000 - 25500
- Class 2 500 18000 6000 1000 - 25500
LOCAL MARKET
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 200 - 600 - 400 1200
- Class 2 200 - 600 - 400 1200
- Class 3 200 - 600 - 400 1200
- Class 4 200 - 600 - 400 1200
Dried / Cured - Class 5 2000 - - - 400 2400
INLAND MARKETS
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 200 600 1500 1000 700 4000
- Class 2 200 600 1500 1000 700 4000
- Class 3 200 600 1500 1000 700 4000
- Class 4 200 600 1500 1000 700 4000
Dried / Cured - Class
2000 400 800 800 1000 5000
5
MUMBAI MARKET
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 200 600 1500 1000 700 4000
- Class 2 200 600 1500 1000 700 4000
- Class 3 200 600 1500 1000 700 4000
- Class 4 200 600 1500 1000 700 4000
Dried / Cured - Class
2000 400 800 800 1000 5000
5

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-7 (b)

Retail or F.O.B Prices per tonne of Product Weight (Rupees)
Sub-total of cost of Total Product Surplus
Market - Product costs Raw- costs Price
Appendix-11-7(a) Material
EXPORT MARKET
Fish - Frozen - Class 1 25500 500000 525500 552000 26500
- Class 2 25500 333333 358833 377000 18167
LOCAL MARKET
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 1200 400000 401200 421000 19800
- Class 2 1200 200000 201200 211000 9800
- Class 3 1200 100000 101200 106000 4800
- Class 4 1200 70000 71200 75000 3800
Dried / Cured - Class 5 2400 75000 77400 81000 3600
INLAND MARKETS
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 4000 400000 404000 432000 28000
- Class 2 4000 200000 204000 218000 14000
- Class 3 4000 100000 104000 111000 7000
- Class 4 4000 70000 74000 79000 5000
MUMBAI MARKET
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 4000 400000 404000 444000 40000
- Class 2 4000 200000 204000 224000 20000
- Class 3 4000 100000 104000 114000 10000
- Class 4 4000 70000 74000 81000 7000

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-7 (c)
Consolidated Statement of Cost of Production, Distribution and Marketing ofFish and Fish Products - For any Year 1–
25(Rs.’000)
Product Drying Processing Ice Transport Marketing Total
andor
Market - Product Weight and/or and/or to Market Expenses costs
Freezing
(tonne) sorting and Packing Storage or Shipside NEI
EXPORT MARKET
Fish - Frozen - Class 1 368 184 6624 2208 368 0 9384
- Class 2 395 198 7110 2370 395 0 10073
LOCAL MARKET
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 33 7 0 20 0 13 40
- Class 2 132 26 0 79 0 53 158
- Class 3 526 105 0 316 0 210 631
- Class 4 790 158 0 474 0 316 948
Dried / Cured - Class 5 184 368 0 0 0 74 442
INLAND MARKETS
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 33 7 20 50 33 23 133
- Class 2 132 26 79 198 132 92 527
- Class 3 790 158 474 1185 790 553 3160
- Class 4 1184 237 710 1776 1184 829 4736
MUMBAI MARKET
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 132 26 79 198 132 92 527
- Class 2 395 79 237 593 395 277 1581
- Class 3 1316 263 790 1974 1316 921 5264
- Class 4 1973 395 1184 2960 1973 1381 7893
TOTAL FOR ALL MARKETS 9820 5111 17882 15550 7868 6272 52683
Appendix 11-8
Cash outflow Statement - New Investment (Rs in '000)
Year
Item Total
"0" 1 2 3 4
Fishing vessels (already invested)
15 m Bag netter / Gill netter 9765.00 700.00 525.00 350.00 175.00 11515.00
Fishery Harbour 4369.50 484.50 4855.00
Shore - Establishments 60.00 60.00
Pre - Development Expenditure 10.00 10.00
Total Investment 14204.50 1184.50 525.00 350.00 175.00 16440

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-9
Cash outflow Statement

Operating Costs for Integrated project Operations (Rs. in Lakha)
Year
Item
1 2 3 4 5 - 25
Fishing vessels
15 m Bag netter / Gill netter 7310 7834 8227 8489 8620
Processing, Distribution and Marketing
Drying and/or sorting 43.34 46.45 48.78 50.33 51.11
Processing and/or freezing and packing 151.64 162.51 170.67 176.10 178.82
Ice and/or storage 131.87 141.32 148.41 153.13 155.50
Transport to market or ship side 66.72 71.50 75.09 77.48 78.68
Marketing expenses not elsewhere
53.18 57.00 59.86 61.76 62.72
included
Total 447.75 478.78 502.79 518.81 526.83
Harbour Management and Maintenance
Harbour Management 97.10 97.10 97.10 97.10 97.10
Harbour maintenance 101.76 109.06 114.53 118.18 120.00
Total 198.86 206.16 211.63 215.28 217.10
Total operating costs summarized
Fishing vessels 7309.80 7833.80 8226.80 8488.80 8619.80
Processing, Distribution and Marketing 447.75 478.78 502.79 518.81 526.83
Harbour management and maintenance 198.86 206.16 211.63 215.28 217.10
Total 7956.41 8518.73 8941.22 9222.88 9363.73
Appendix 11-10
Cash inflow Statement
Income from Sale of Fish and Fish Products(Rs '000)
Raw Product
Year
Market - Product Material price
Qty (tonne) Rs./tonne 1 2 3 4 5 - 25
EXPORT MARKET
Fish - Frozen - Class 1 368 552000 1722.64 1846.13 1938.74 2000.49 2031.36
- Class 2 395 377000 1262.84 1353.36 1421.26 1466.52 1489.15
LOCAL MARKET
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 33 421000 117.82 126.26 132.60 136.82 138.93
- Class 2 132 211000 236.19 253.12 265.82 274.29 278.52
- Class 3 526 106000 472.82 506.72 532.14 549.09 557.56
- Class 4 790 75000 502.45 538.47 565.49 583.50 592.50
Dried / Cured - Class 5 184 81000 126.39 135.45 142.24 146.77 149.04
INLAND MARKETS
Fish - Fresh - Class 1 33 432000 120.89 129.56 136.06 140.39 142.56
- Class 2 132 218000 244.03 261.52 274.64 283.39 287.76
- Class 3 790 111000 743.63 796.94 836.92 863.57 876.90
- Class 4 1184 79000 793.21 850.07 892.71 921.14 935.36
MUMBAI MARKET
Fish - Fresh
- Class 1 132 444000 497.01 532.64 559.36 577.17 586.08
- Class 2 395 224000 750.33 804.12 844.46 871.35 884.80
- Class 3 1316 114000 1272.24 1363.44 1431.84 1477.44 1500.24
- Class 4 1973 81000 1355.25 1452.40 1525.27 1573.84 1598.13
TOTAL FOR ALL MARKETS 9820 - 11271.39 12079.37 12685.36 13089.35 13291.35

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-11
Basic Statement - Reconciliation of Cash Inflow and Cash Outflow Statements (Rs. in Lakhs)
Year
Item Reference
"0" 1 2 3 4 5 - 25
Cash inflow
Income from sale of fishery products App - 10 11271.39 12079.37 12685.36 13089.35 13291.35
Less
Cash outflow
Investment in new fixed assets App - 8 14204.50 1184.50 525.00 350.00 175.00 -
Operating costs ( Fishing fleet +
Harbour Management and Maintenance)
App - 9 7956.41 8518.73 8941.22 9222.88 9363.73
Balance to be discounted for the

- -14204.50 2130.47 3035.64 3394.14 3691.47 3927.62
Calculation of Internal Rate of Return
Note: The above statement represents the “Basic statement “for the purpose of financial evaluation. The Financial Internal
Rate of return (FIRR) on this statement works out to 23-24 %.
Appendix 11-11(a)
Sensitivity Analysis - A 20% Reduction in Annual Fish Landings for Fishing Fleet
Reconciliation of Cash Inflow and Cash Outflow Statements (Rs. in Lakhs)
Year
Item Reference
"0" 1 2 3 4 5 - 25
Cash inflow
Income from sale of fishery products App – 11-10 9017.11 9663.50 10148.29 10471.48 10633.08
Less
Cash outflow
Investment in new fixed assets App – 11-8 14204.50 1184.50 525.00 350.00 175.00
App – 11-9 6784.45 7262.98 7622.47 7862.13 7981.98

- -14204.50 1048.16 1875.52 2175.82 2434.35 2651.10
Rate of Return (FIRR) on this statement works out to 15 – 16 %.

Kolkata August 2015
Appendix 11-11(b)
A 25% Increase in Investment

Sensitivity Analysis - Reconciliation of Cash Inflow and Cash Outflow Statements (Rs. in Lakhs)
Year
Item Reference
"0" 1 2 3 4 5 - 25
Cash inflow
Income from sale of fishery products App – 11-10 11271.39 12079.37 12685.36 13089.35 13291.35
Less
Cash outflow
Investment in new fixed assets App – 11-8 17755.63 1480.63 656.25 437.50 218.75 -
App – 11-9 8222.35 8802.00 9237.48 9527.80 9672.98
- -17755.63 1568.41 2621.13 3010.38 3342.80 3618.37
Rate of Return ( FIRR ) on this statement works out to 17 – 18 %.

Kolkata August 2015

Tecno Economics

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tecno Economics

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Techno-economic feasibility report of fishery harbour at Navagaon-Thal RCFL

in Raigad District of Maharashtra Government of India Undertaking

Part A: TECHNO-ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY REPORT (ENGINEERING REPORT)

Chapter 1: Introduction .……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1-1

1.1 Background ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...1-1

Chapter 2: Fisheries Development in India ..………………….………………………………………………………………….…2-1

2.1 General ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…2-1

Chapter 3: Overview of Fisheries Sector at Maharashtra State Level .…………………….…………..…………………3-1

3.1 General …………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………3-1

Chapter 4: Fishery Profile of Raigad District …………………………………………………………………………………………..4-1

4.1 Geography …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………..4-1

4.5 Fish Marketing ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………….4-3

Chapter 5: Development Proposal of Fishery Harbour at Navagoan-Thal ……………………………….….…..……5-1

5.1 General …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..….….5-1

Chapter 6: Engineering Surveys and Geotechnical Investigations …………………………………………………………6-1

6.1 Introduction …………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………….6-1

6.4 Subsoil investigations ……………………………………………………………………………….……………………………..…6-5

Annexure 6-1: Soil Investigation Report - Separate enclosure to this TEFR

Chapter 7: Environmental Data Collection And Analysis ……………………………………….………………………………7-1

7.1 General ……………………………….…………………………………………………………………………….…………………………7-1

Annexure 7-1: Climatic Summary for Sagar Island ..………………………………….…………………………………7-6

Chapter 8: Design of Navagoan-Thal Fishery Harbour …………………………………..……….….…………….……………8-1

8.1 Projected Design Fishing Fleet …..………………………………………………………….……….……………………….……8-1

8.2 Design Fishing Vessel Characteristics ……………………………………………………….…………………………….……8-2

Traditional Non-Mechanised Boats …………………………………….…………………………8-10

10.1 Introduction …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………….….10-1

Chapter 11: Economic Evaluation …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….11-1

11.1 Project Economic Evaluation …………………………………….……………………………………………………………….11-1

11.3 Basic Assumptions …………………………………….………………………………………………………………………………11-3

Table 2-1: Fisheries Resources of India – at a glance ………………………………………………………………………………2-3

Table 3-1: Growth of fishing boats in Maharashtra …………………………………………………………………….……………3-3

Table 7-1: Tide levels at Navagoan-Thal site ……………………………………………….……………….…………………………..7-3

Table 8-1: Projected Design Fishing Fleet ……………………………………………………………………….……….…….………..…8-2

Table 10-1: Project activity and time-scale ……………………………………………………..………………….……………..……10-1

Figure 2-1: Exclusive Economic Zone of India …………………………………………………………………………….……………2-5

Figure 2-5: Fish export trend in India …………………………………………………………………………….……………..………2-14

Figure 3-1: India map showing Maharashtra State …………………………………………………………………………………….3-1

Figure 4-1: District map of of Raigad ………………………………………………………………………………..……………………4-1

Figure 8-1: CWPRS proposal of training walls …………………………………………...……………..……………………….………8-5

1.2 Project Initiation and Mobilisation

Figure 1-1: Location of fish landing site at Navagaon-Thal fishing villages

WBFC Consultants 1-1

1.3 Project Area

1.4 Study Objectives and Tasks

WBFC Consultants 1-2

1. Survey and Investigation Report

1.5 Methodology of Study

1.5.1 Site Selection and Review of All Available Data

1.5.2 Detailed Engineering Surveys and Geo-technical Investigations

1.5.3 Field Data Collection and Analysis

WBFC Consultants 1-4

1.5.4 Fishery Economic Data Collection and Analysis

1.5.5 Technical Evaluation

1.5.6 Preparation of Techno-Economic Feasibility Report

WBFC Consultants 1-7

2.2 Fisheries Development in India

WBFC Consultants 2-1

2.3 Fishery Resources

WBFC Consultants 2-2

Table 2-1: Fisheries Resources of India – at a glance

Marine Resources & Fishery Statistics

Coastline (km) 8 118